Sei sulla pagina 1di 254

PowerDrive X5 Operations

Manual
Reference: InTouch 4476477
Version: 1.3
Release Date: 16-Mar-2010
EDMS UID: 1650755195
Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
Owner: PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk
Author: Jo Moody

Private X5, operations

Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


PowerDrive X5 OM / Legal Information

Legal Information

Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

This work contains the confidential and proprietary trade secrets of Schlumberger
and may not be copied or stored in an information retrieval system, transferred,
used, distributed, translated or retransmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, in whole or in part, without the express written
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

permission of the copyright owner.

Trademarks & Service marks

Schlumberger, the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used


to identify the products and services described herein are either trademarks,
trade names or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the
property of their respective owners. These marks may not be copied, imitated
or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of
Schlumberger. In addition, covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and
other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress
of Schlumberger, and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part,
without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger.

A complete list of Schlumberger marks may be viewed at the Schlumberger


Oilfield Services Marks page: http://markslist.slb.com
Marks of Schlumberger include but may not be limited to Drilling Office, Geomag,
IDEAL, MaxWell, PowerDrive, PowerDrive Archer, PowerDrive X5, PowerDrive
Xceed, PowerDrive Xtra, PowerDrive vorteX, PowerPulse, PowerV, TWIS.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 OM / Document Control

Document Control
Owner: PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk
Helpdesk
intouch-powerdrive@slb.com

Author: Jo Moody

Reviewer: SHTC Doc/TBT Reviewers - PowerDrive

Approver: SHTC Doc/TBT Approvers


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Contact Information
Name: PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk
Title: Helpdesk
Email: intouch-powerdrive@slb.com
LDAP Alias: intouch-powerdrive
URL: http://www.intouchsupport.com/intouch/emergency/emergency.html

Revision History
Version Date Description Prepared by

1.3 09-Mar-2010 Updated Real-Time Data tables in Appendices. Author: Simon Copleston
Updated to incorporate changes in Downhole
Software version 5.25.

1.2 04-Sep-2008 Additional info added to “Running in Hole Author: Mark Swaine
Guidelines” about not using a neutral setting
when tripping in.

1.1 10-Jul-2008 Note under PowerV Introduction changed, Author: Neil D Godwin
based on feedback from IRobson.

1.0 20-May-2008 First version of new, smaller Operating Manual. Author: Mark Swaine

0.1 26-Feb-2008 Initial draft version of new X5 Operating Author: Mark Swaine
Manual (OM) book type. Contains only tool
operation information for X5, vorteX and
PowerV. Information is based on latest X5
ORM with addition of Fast Downlink.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 OM / Regulatory Compliance

Regulatory Compliance

Waste management
IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR CORRECT DISPOSAL OF THE EQUIPMENT
This symbol means that the equipment cannot be discarded in a rubbish-bin. At
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

its end of life, the equipment and/or its components must be treated, following
Schlumberger Environmental procedures, in compliance with Schlumberger QHSE
Policy and applicable laws and regulations on waste management.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive X5 OM / Foreword

Foreword none

This version of the document completely replaces any other version, published
or unpublished. Users should check that the version they are using matches
the controlled version published in InTouch. Document version information
is indicated in the document cover page. To confirm the correct version is in
use, the user shall check that the reference, version, release date, EDMS UID
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

and production date and time all match those on the controlled version of the
document.

Refer to the Document Control page for the document revision history

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
vi PowerDrive X5 OM / Table of Contents vi

Table of Contents

Regulatory Compliance __________________________________________ iv

Foreword _________________________________________________________ v
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1 Introduction ____________________________________________________ 1-1


1.1 General Description __________________________________________ 1-1
1.2 PowerV Introduction _________________________________________ 1-2
1.3 vorteX Introduction ___________________________________________ 1-3

2 Health, Safety and Environment ________________________________ 2-1


2.1 HSE Standards ______________________________________________ 2-1
2.2 HARC Standard _____________________________________________ 2-2
2.3 Personnel Safety ____________________________________________ 2-3
2.4 Equipment Safety ___________________________________________ 2-13
2.5 Environmental Safety _______________________________________ 2-19

3 Job Planning ___________________________________________________ 3-1


3.1 Operational Constraints ______________________________________ 3-2
3.2 Bit Selection Guidelines ______________________________________ 3-3
3.3 Flow Kit Selection Guidelines _________________________________ 3-6
3.4 Rigsite Considerations ______________________________________ 3-18
3.5 BHA Design Considerations and Constraints __________________ 3-21
3.6 Operational Considerations __________________________________ 3-32
3.7 Combination with Other Tools ________________________________ 3-35
3.8 Surface Equipment Preparation ______________________________ 3-36
3.9 Downhole Equipment Preparation ____________________________ 3-39
3.10 Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines ___________________ 3-44

4 Equipment Preparation _________________________________________ 4-1


4.1 Initial Rigsite Planning and Verification ________________________ 4-1
4.2 Surface Equipment Setup Procedure __________________________ 4-4
4.3 Downhole Equipment Setup __________________________________ 4-7
4.4 PDX5 CU Programming and Configuration ___________________ 4-21
4.5 Motor Procedures ___________________________________________ 4-40
4.6 Checking the Wellsite Tool Kit ________________________________ 4-44
4.7 Preparation for Picking Up the Tool ___________________________ 4-44

5 Job Execution __________________________________________________ 5-1


5.1 Transporting Tools to the Rigfloor _____________________________ 5-1
5.2 Making Up the BHA __________________________________________ 5-2

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
vii PowerDrive X5 OM / Table of Contents vii

5.3 Surface and Shallow Hole Testing _____________________________ 5-6


5.4 Running in Hole and Drilling Cement Guidelines ______________ 5-15
5.5 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the Rathole __ 5-17
5.6 Reaming and Back-Reaming ________________________________ 5-18
5.7 Kicking Off from Vertical _____________________________________ 5-20
5.8 Sidetracking ________________________________________________ 5-21
5.9 Casing Exits and Whipstocks ________________________________ 5-25
5.10 Drilling Operation ___________________________________________ 5-27
5.11 Downlinking to the Tool ______________________________________ 5-31
5.12 Inclination Hold _____________________________________________ 5-47
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.13 PowerV Mode ______________________________________________ 5-48


5.14 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) ______________________________ 5-50

6 Data Interpretation and Analysis _______________________________ 6-1


6.1 Data Log Aquisition __________________________________________ 6-1
6.2 Data Log Records : Structure and Types of ____________________ 6-1
6.3 Data Log Memory Descriptions and Partitions __________________ 6-6
6.4 Fast Downlink : Interpreting the CTL File ______________________ 6-9

7 Maintenance ___________________________________________________ 7-1


7.1 vorteX Regular Wellsite Checks _______________________________ 7-1
7.2 vorteX Post Run Maintenance ________________________________ 7-1

8 Troubleshooting ________________________________________________ 8-1


8.1 Troubleshooting Surface Test Failures _________________________ 8-2
8.2 Magnetic Interference ________________________________________ 8-4
8.3 Real Time Link Failures ______________________________________ 8-4
8.4 Troubleshooting Downlinking Failures _________________________ 8-5
8.5 Troubleshooting Dogleg Failures ______________________________ 8-5
8.6 ROP and Motor-Related Failure _______________________________ 8-8
8.7 Abnormal Operations _________________________________________ 8-9
8.8 Control Unit Logging Parameters _____________________________ 8-20
8.9 Measuring Sand Concentration in Mud Systems ______________ 8-24

Appendices

A Real-Time Data _________________________________________________ A-1


A.1 Real-Time Data (d-points) Available from the Control Unit ______ A-1
A.2 D-point Interpretation _________________________________________ A-4

B Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings ___________________________________ B-1

List of Acronyms ____________________________________________ Acr.-1

Index _________________________________________________________ Ind.-1

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
viii PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Figures viii

List of Figures

1-1 PDX5 Tool Assemblies _____________________________________________ 1-1


1-2 PowerV Tool Assemblies ___________________________________________ 1-3
1-3 PowerDrive vorteX Tool Assemblies ________________________________ 1-5
3-1 Radar Diagram of Bit Characteristics________________________________ 3-4
3-2 Example of Flow Kit Selection ______________________________________ 3-8
3-3 Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5 475 Flow Kits _ 3-9
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3-4 Operating domain for PDX5 475 Low Flow flow kit __________________ 3-10
3-5 Operating domain for PDX5 475 Medium Flow flow kit ______________ 3-10
3-6 Operating domain for PDX5 475 Medium Flow two stage flow kit_____ 3-11
3-7 Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5 675 Flow Kits 3-12
3-8 Operating domain for PDX5 675 Low Flow flow kit __________________ 3-13
3-9 Operating domain for PDX5 675 Medium Flow flow kit (8 blades) ____ 3-13
3-10 Operating domain for PDX5 675 Medium Flow flow kit (15 blades) ___ 3-14
3-11 Operating domain for PDX5 675 High Flow flow kit__________________ 3-14
3-12 Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100
Flow Kits _________________________________________________________ 3-15
3-13 Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Ultra Low Flow flow
kit _______________________________________________________________ 3-16
3-14 Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Low Flow flow kit ____ 3-16
3-15 Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Medium Flow flow kit (8
blades) __________________________________________________________ 3-17
3-16 Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Medium Flow flow kit (14
blades) __________________________________________________________ 3-17
3-17 Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 High Flow flow kit ___ 3-18
3-18 Shorthop Test Box (A3987)________________________________________ 3-43
4-1 PD900 Locking Segments__________________________________________ 4-8
4-2 PD900 Float Valve Schematic ______________________________________ 4-9
4-3 PD475 Float Valve Assembly ______________________________________ 4-10
4-4 Extender Length Measurement — Box Connection _________________ 4-18
4-5 Extender Length Measurement — Pin______________________________ 4-19
4-6 PowerDrive / ToolScope Configuration _____________________________ 4-21
4-7 Main ToolScope Window __________________________________________ 4-23
4-8 Terminal Mode Selection __________________________________________ 4-24
4-9 Terminal Mode Screen ____________________________________________ 4-25
4-10 PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 1) ______________________________ 4-27
4-11 PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 2) ______________________________ 4-28
4-12 Selecting SCB Editor _____________________________________________ 4-28
4-13 SCB Editor File Menu _____________________________________________ 4-29
4-14 Navigation Parameter Update Screen ______________________________ 4-30
4-15 SCB File Transfer Status __________________________________________ 4-33
4-16 Accessing the Control Loop Coefficients Screen ____________________ 4-34
4-17 X5 Control Loop Coefficients for Downhole Use ____________________ 4-35
4-18 Erase Memory Status Display _____________________________________ 4-35
4-19 Live Diagnostic Data Display ______________________________________ 4-36

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
ix PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Figures ix

4-20 Muleshoe Distance _______________________________________________ 4-39


4-21 Internal Bore Ends for Junk Filter Sub______________________________ 4-41
4-22 Bottom Side of Junk Filter Assembly _______________________________ 4-42
4-23 Extraction Tool Assembly with Filter Basket_________________________ 4-43
4-24 Rigsite Toolkit ____________________________________________________ 4-44
5-1 PowerPak Thrust Bearing Clearance Measurement __________________ 5-5
5-2 RSS Tool Face Display____________________________________________ 5-30
5-3 RSS Tool Face Display____________________________________________ 5-33
5-4 Manual Downlink Form____________________________________________ 5-40
5-5 Enter the name for the log file... Form ______________________________ 5-41
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5-6 Tool selection on the Manual Downlink Form _______________________ 5-41


5-7 Command Display Form __________________________________________ 5-42
5-8 Manual Downlink Form____________________________________________ 5-43
5-9 Fast Downlink Spreadsheet _______________________________________ 5-44
5-10 SCB — Page 1 ___________________________________________________ 5-45
5-11 SCB — Page 2 ___________________________________________________ 5-46
6-1 Example CTL Log File ____________________________________________ 6-11
8-1 Stick Slip Mitigation Flowchart _____________________________________ 8-12
8-2 Axial Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart _______________________________ 8-13
8-3 Lateral Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart _____________________________ 8-14
8-4 BHA packed with LCM after following incorrect guidelines ___________ 8-19
8-5 CU Logging Parameters __________________________________________ 8-21
B-1 Flow Restrictor Kit PD475 (T1052844 AC)___________________________ B-2
B-2 Kit, Flow Restrictor 4 ½ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A1973 AB) _________ B-3
B-3 Kit, Flow Restrictor 6 ⅝ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A4356 AD) _________ B-4
B-4 Assembly Schematic PD900 Flow Restrictors (RS4500 AC) __________ B-5
B-5 Assembly Schematic PD1100 Flow Restrictors (RS4859 AB) _________ B-6

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
x PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Tables x

List of Tables

3-1 Measurement Ranges _____________________________________________ 3-4


3-2 Surface System Documentation ___________________________________ 3-36
3-3 PowerDrive/ToolScope Hardware __________________________________ 3-37
3-4 Rigsite Toolkit Contents ___________________________________________ 3-38
3-5 Other Tools_______________________________________________________ 3-38
3-6 Downhole Equipment Checklist (Minimum) _________________________ 3-39
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3-7 Parts Required for Real Time Basket Test __________________________ 3-41
4-1 Surface Cabling ___________________________________________________ 4-6
4-2 Determine Recut Shim To Use______________________________________ 4-9
4-3 Spacer Selection Criteria __________________________________________ 4-10
4-4 PD675 Repair Kit (100290841) Rev AB ____________________________ 4-11
4-5 PD900 Repair Kit (100290842) ____________________________________ 4-11
4-6 Extender Torques_________________________________________________ 4-15
4-7 Continuity Checks ________________________________________________ 4-16
4-8 Capacitance Checks ______________________________________________ 4-16
4-9 Extender Length Tolerances and Extender Gauges _________________ 4-20
4-10 Default Toolface Shift _____________________________________________ 4-30
4-11 Hanger Bolts and O-rings Specifications ___________________________ 4-37
5-1 Maximum allowable axial bearing clearance _________________________ 5-6
5-2 Start up Time Summary ___________________________________________ 5-10
5-3 Wait times before sending a command after tool start up ____________ 5-34
5-4 Total waiting time for keeping the flow stable before sending a DL
command ________________________________________________________ 5-34
5-5 PDX5 Fast Downlink Commands Table ____________________________ 5-36
5-6 Turn Correction Commands _______________________________________ 5-47
6-1 Comms Module Records ___________________________________________ 6-2
6-2 Sensor Module Records ___________________________________________ 6-3
6-3 Real-Time Calculated Records _____________________________________ 6-3
6-4 Slow Data Records ________________________________________________ 6-4
6-5 Typical Partition Settings ___________________________________________ 6-6
6-6 Typical SCB Settings ______________________________________________ 6-6
6-7 Data Log Memory Partition Details __________________________________ 6-8
8-1 Failed Surface Test ________________________________________________ 8-2
8-2 Real Time Link Troubleshooting ____________________________________ 8-4
8-3 Downlinking Troubleshooting _______________________________________ 8-5
8-4 Incorrect or Low Dogleg Troubleshooting ____________________________ 8-7
A-1 Real-Time Data (d-points) __________________________________________ A-1
A-2 Real-Time Data (d-points) — Redefined D-points ____________________ A-3
A-3 D-points Interpretation _____________________________________________ A-5
A-4 D-points Interpretation — Redefined D-points _______________________ A-7

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-i

1 Introduction
1.1 General Description ____________________________________________ 1-1
1.2 PowerV Introduction ___________________________________________ 1-2
1.3 vorteX Introduction _____________________________________________ 1-3
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-1

1 Introduction none

1.1 General Description


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

PowerDrive X5 (PDX5) is a rotary steerable system that controls the direction in


which a well is drilled, in 3-D, while rotating the drillstring. The tool uses mud
actuated pads to change the direction of drilling by pushing against the formation.
Operationally, the tool can be run either as a stand alone or in combination with
Measurements While Drilling (MWD)/Logging While Drilling (LWD) tools with real
time communications to the surface. See Figure 1-1.
MWD
E-Mag Receiver

Receiver
Collar
Control Unit

E-Mag
Receiver Antenna

Upper
Torquer

Control
Collar

Pressure
Housing

Lower Bias Unit


Torquer

Bearing
Muleshoe
Connection Housing
Filter
Assembly

Pad
Kicker

Bit

Figure 1-1: PDX5 Tool Assemblies

PowerDrive X5 comprises three main assemblies:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-2

Assembly Description
Bias Unit (BU) Mechanical system comprising a non-magnetic body with three
external pads. Its purpose is to convert the hydraulic pressure drop
provided across the bit nozzles into mechanical energy for steering
the well to plan. This service manual covers all of the topics that
are related to this part of the tool assembly.
Control Unit (CU) Consists of an electronics and sensor package within a pressure
housing mounted by bearing packs inside a non-magnetic collar. It
provides the directional platform from which the BU is controlled.
A mechanical coupling links the CU to the BU which is positioned
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

directly below.
E-Mag Receiver Consists of an electronics assembly with an antenna and modem
mounted within a stabilizer mandrel. It receives real-time data from
the CU via an electromagnetic link and sends it to the MWD across
an Low Power Tool Bus (LTB) connection for onward sending
uphole.

1.2 PowerV Introduction


PowerV is a rotary steerable system that holds a well vertical, whilst continuously
rotating the string. The tool uses mud actuated pads to hold the inclination at a
minimal value by pushing against the high side of the hole.

A PowerV job is defined as a job with the following conditions:

• The tool is required only to:

– maintain verticality
– bring the well back to vertical when the required drop rate is not critical to
well objectives.

• No E-Mag Link receiver will be run above the PowerV giving real-time
inclination.
• PowerV can be run with a motor (PowerV vorteX) in which case it would
be recorded as a vorteX run.

When in PowerV mode:

• Steering is set to 180°/100%.


• Toolface mode is set to GTF.
• The tool will react to a limited set of commands.

Operationally, the tool can be run either as a stand alone or in combination with:

• MWD tools

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-3

• LWD tools
• a mud motor

PowerV is comprised of two main assemblies (see Figure 1-2):

Assembly Description
Bias Unit (BU) Mechanical system comprising a non-magnetic body with three
external pads. Its purpose is to convert the hydraulic pressure
drop provided across the bit nozzles into mechanical energy for
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

steering the well to plan


Control Unit (CU) Consists of an electronics and sensor package within a pressure
housing mounted by bearing packs inside a non-magnetic collar. It
provides the directional platform from which the BU is controlled.
A mechanical coupling links the CU to the BU which is positioned
directly below.

Figure 1-2: PowerV Tool Assemblies

1.3 vorteX Introduction


PowerDrive vorteX is the combination of the PowerDrive Rotary Steerable
System with a custom mud motor above it that converts mud hydraulic power to
mechanical energy (see Figure 1-3). This energy, combined with the drillstring
torque and rotation provided by the rig’s topdrive, significantly increases usable
torque and rotation speed at the bit. The additional torque capacity allows a
higher weight on the bit, resulting in increased ROP and more cost-effective
drilling.

PowerDrive vorteX uses standard RSS tools that require no modifications. The
E-Mag link does not allow communications across the whole motor, so it cannot
be run with PowerDrive vorteX.

For the PowerDrive vorteX service, the motor components have been selected
to optimize performance with Rotary Steerable Systems (RSS). The motor for
PowerDrive vorteX is upgraded from a standard PowerPak motor.

To convert a normal motor to a vorteX service the following parts are required:

• Straight housing

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-4

• Polygon transmission assembly


• 45 degree angular contact bearing stack
• Pin down driveshaft
• Filter sub
• Motor catcher.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
1-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Introduction 1-5

Top Sub/
Dump Valve

Power Section
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Motor

Straight
Transmission
Housing

Bearing
Assembly

Downhole
Filter
Assembly
Filter

Control Unit

PowerDrive

Bias Unit

Drill bit

Figure 1-3: PowerDrive vorteX Tool Assemblies. Stabilizers are optional and
are shown only for illustration purposes. This is an is an example of the vorteX
service combined with the PowerDrive X5 tool.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-i

2 Health, Safety and Environment


2.1 HSE Standards _________________________________________________ 2-1
2.2 HARC Standard ________________________________________________ 2-2
2.3 Personnel Safety _______________________________________________ 2-3
2.3.1 Mechanical Hazards _________________________________________ 2-3
2.3.2 Electrical Shock Hazards _____________________________________ 2-4
2.3.3 Electrical Rig Up _____________________________________________ 2-5
2.3.4 Hazardous Area Regulations _________________________________ 2-6
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

2.3.5 Trip Hazards _________________________________________________ 2-6


2.3.6 Making Up and Breaking Down Collars ________________________ 2-6
2.3.7 Pressure Hazards ____________________________________________ 2-7
2.3.8 Collar Plugs and Ports _______________________________________ 2-8
2.3.9 Lithium Battery Hazards ______________________________________ 2-8
2.3.10 Gamma Ray Detector Hazards _______________________________ 2-9
2.3.11 Beryllium Copper (BeCu) Hazards ____________________________ 2-9
2.3.12 H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) Hazards _____________________________ 2-11
2.3.13 Third Party Hazards _________________________________________ 2-12
2.4 Equipment Safety _____________________________________________ 2-13
2.4.1 Substitution of Parts _________________________________________ 2-13
2.4.2 Surface Equipment Hazards _________________________________ 2-13
2.4.3 Overhead Crane and Hydraulic Hoist _________________________ 2-13
2.4.4 Downhole Equipment Hazards _______________________________ 2-14
2.4.5 Safe Handling Guidelines ____________________________________ 2-14
2.4.5.1 Bias Unit Safe Handling Guidelines _______________________ 2-16
2.4.5.2 Control Unit Safe Handling Guidelines ____________________ 2-17
2.4.5.3 Control Collar Safe Handling Guidelines __________________ 2-17
2.4.6 Safe Transportation Guidelines ______________________________ 2-18
2.4.7 Surface Test Precautions ____________________________________ 2-18
2.5 Environmental Safety _________________________________________ 2-19
2.5.1 Waste Disposal _____________________________________________ 2-19
2.5.2 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) _________________________ 2-19
2.5.3 Hazardous Materials ________________________________________ 2-20
2.5.3.1 Chemical Hazards _______________________________________ 2-20
2.5.3.2 Cleaning Solvents _______________________________________ 2-20

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-1

2 Health, Safety and Environment none

Safety is central to all Schlumberger services. A high level of service quality


cannot be achieved without safe working practices and procedures. Full
awareness of job requirements, the environment, procedures, communications,
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

and equipment is very important to a successful and safe job.

Always maintain a safe attitude and working environment, and tell others working
with you to do the same. You not only have to watch out for your own actions,
but also the actions of others. One careless member of a crew or maintenance
shop can create a hazard for everyone on the job.

This section describes potential hazards to personnel working with the tool and
to the tool itself, but does not cover all possible dangers. This section is only
a set of guidelines recommending risk prevention and mitigation procedures to
be followed during all phases of operation and maintenance.

2.1 HSE Standards


Schlumberger has defined policies, OFS Quality, and HSE Standards and
associated guidelines that must be applied at Schlumberger sites globally. The
Schlumberger OFS Quality and HSE Standards have been defined to describe
operational and management processes that are independent of the services
provided by Product Groups and Segments, but common across all OFS
segments and sites.

In addition to the OFS Standards, D&M has defined its own standards and
guidelines, which describe the processes that are segment-specific.

Quality Note
To increase awareness and to stress the importance of compliance with the
company policies, standards and procedures, Schlumberger headquarters has
rolled out an Accountability package.

You can find corporate policies, standards, and procedures in the locations that
follow:

Reference Location
Schlumberger Policies http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=id1465

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-2

OFS Quality and HSE http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id14651


Standards
Schlumberger http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=id21159&file=Acco
Accountability untability.htm
Commitment
D&M Standardization and http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=id1601332.
Service Delivery
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

If you are not sure about a particular Quality and HSE-related practice or
procedure, consult one of the Standards, a colleague, your direct supervisor,
location Quality and HSE supervisor or the OFS HSE Manager.

Note
Procedures in this manual comply with Schlumberger and D&M Policies and
Standards. These are minimum standards. Some countries have regulations
that are more stringent, and in all cases, the more stringent regulations must
apply. Appropriate information should be obtained from the local regulatory
agencies or the local Quality and HSE Manager.

2.2 HARC Standard


Hazard Analysis and Risk Control (HARC) is part of job safety. Identify hazards
with a HARC or JSA form whenever there are:

• new activities
• existing activities where the rate of occurrence of undesired events is
abnormally high
• existing activities with new exposure
• existing activities where changes are about to happen.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-3

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Process
Hazard Category: Biological hazard-illness, Electrical, Explosives, Fire
flammable, Human, Land transport, Machinery equipment
hand tools, Nuisance noise, Potential energy, Pressure,
Radiation, Temperature, Toxic corrosive hazardous
substances, Vibration, Water transport

Always evaluate local hazards and risks associated with all provided services
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

using techniques specified by SLB-QHSE-S020: Hazard Analysis and Risk


Control.
Tell your local organization of the hazards, risks, prevention, and mitigation
methods.

2.3 Personnel Safety

2.3.1 Mechanical Hazards


The primary mechanical hazards associated with the tool are general handling
and storage of any large and heavy items of equipment. Suitable facilities and
handling equipment must be used. See (p. 2-14).

To minimize the associated risks, the OFS Mechanical Lifting Standard


OFS-QHSE-S013 (http://www.hub.slb.com/Docs/qhse/OR/OFSqhseStandards/
ofsSTD013LIFTING.pdf) defines the minimum requirements for all mechanical
lifting operations, including lifting of personnel, pedestal, overhead, and mobile
cranes, hydraulic telescoping cranes, forklift trucks, mast units, and lifting gear.

Schlumberger Injury Prevention Program (SIPP)

To reduce the risk of injury, Schlumberger gives training in the correct


methods of lifting and carrying through the SIPP initiative. This is
mandatory training. Obey company- and industry-recommended precautions
for on-the-job safety. For specific details on training requirements,
refer to the OFS Injury Prevention Standard OFS-QHSE-S017, at
http://www.hub.slb.com/Docs/qhse/OR/OFSqhseStandards/ofsSTD017IP.pdf.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-4

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Human

Always use the skills that you have learned during your SIPP training when
lifting; failure to do so can cause back injury.

All manual and mechanical lifting must be carried out to the local Health and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Safety Policy Arrangements in force at the work site.

In particular, for manual handling take these precautions:

• Operators must be instructed and trained to lift and move equipment correctly
to minimize the risk of injury to personnel and damage to equipment
• Ask for help when moving heavy or awkward parts
• Operators must wear PPE as specified by the site at all times
• Operators must make their line management aware whenever physical injury
or medical condition might affect their ability to lift or move equipment
• Do not use your body to stop a moving object
• Do not put your body in pinch points when you move equipment
• If you put the tool on jack stands, make sure that the tool is stable before you
release it from the crane. Do not pass under or sit next to it.

For reference, the SIPP Hub is available at http://www.nsa.oilfield.slb.com/us


l/qhse/sipp/.

2.3.2 Electrical Shock Hazards


Various equipment associated with the tool requires high input power (120
VAC or 240 VAC); before any work is carried out on cabling and equipment —
ISOLATE THE SUPPLY. Great care should be taken to avoid handling ’live’
wiring and equipment.

Make sure that you are aware of all ’live’ power take-off points and their location
in the working area, also any cabling and equipment connected to them. Testing
should only be carried out with the appropriate equipment.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-5

Under normal operating conditions there are no hazardous voltages within the
tool. It is possible that hazardous conditions could occur during maintenance or
testing of the Tool. Operators must be aware of these risks and take appropriate
steps to ensure both their safety and the safety of others. In particular, the
following precautions must be taken:

• All auxiliary test equipment such as computers and external power supplies
must be properly earthed to reduce the risk of electrical shock.
• When working on exposed equipment where hazardous voltages are present,
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

suitable warnings must be erected around the work area.


• Testing and repair work must only be carried out with the correct test
equipment and cabling.
• Turn equipment off before connecting or disconnecting equipment
connections, test connections or test equipment.

2.3.3 Electrical Rig Up

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Land transport

Only a qualified rig electrician should connect rig power to the logging unit.

A qualified rig electrician should perform and test the mains voltage power supply
hookup to the logging unit. Outside the unit, rig personnel may also be required
to install cables and weld brackets etc.

Leave electrical rig up work to the rig electrician if at all possible. If you must
perform the work yourself:

1. Ensure all power to the panel where you must work is OFF.
2. Lock out and tag out any switches you must leave unattended while you
work. Follow the lockout/tagout procedures given in the Quality and HSE
Policies and Procedures manual.
3. Verify the incoming power supply voltage and strap the transformer
accordingly.
4. Test the transformer outputs prior to turning power on or connecting
equipment to a mains supply.

Within the logging unit, most electrical rig up work is carried out by Schlumberger.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-6

2.3.4 Hazardous Area Regulations


Do not violate hazardous area regulations. Make sure that all required work
permits are obtained, and safety inspections are complete before the job begins.

Potential Severity: Major


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Potential Loss: Assets


Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Hot work permits are mandatory when connecting to the tool in designated
hazardous areas.

Do the rig-up of surface equipment according to Schlumberger, Client, and


regulatory agency policies and procedures.

2.3.5 Trip Hazards


It is often necessary to put temporary cables across the ground or floor. When
you put cables along the floor:

• Minimize trip hazards by routing cables away from walkways or putting


cables inside mats or taping them to the ground
• Ssecure cables immediately when they are no longer required
• Always secure overhead cabling using metal tie wraps
• Make sure that the cable is run along designated cable trays to prevent
damage

2.3.6 Making Up and Breaking Down Collars

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Land transport

Some connections have a left hand thread.

Observe the following precautions when making or breaking tool connections:

• Always be careful not to become trapped between the suspended collar


and a pipe rack or wall.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-7

• Worn tong dies should be replaced — tongs may slip and cause injury.
• Stand well clear of the BHA, tongs and tong lines when making or breaking
connections in case of line failure or loss of tong grip.
• When torquing the collar, tong dies may create small sharp protrusions where
they have gripped the sub. File these down to prevent injury.

2.3.7 Pressure Hazards


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The tool and combined equipment have small plugged inspection and testing
ports. These ports let you access the internal chamber of the tool, and are
normally filled with air or oil at atmospheric pressure.

If the tool is mud-invaded downhole, trapped pressure can stay inside when it
comes to surface. This pressure can be present at all ports. The port plugs
have a vent plug. If the plug is difficult to turn while loosening, it could be an
indication of trapped pressure.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Be careful when you open ports after the tool has been in the hole — trapped
pressure in a collar may cause injury.

When you remove a port, stand to one side. If there is pressure trapped inside
the tool, it could cause the plug to be thrown with great force.

Always take precautions against trapped pressure when working with a tool
that has just come out of the hole. Use PPE — coveralls, hard hat, goggles,
and gloves. If you suspect that there is trapped pressure, determine the risk in
continuing and clear the area of all non-Schlumberger personnel before you
continue. If possible, put the tool down so that you can work in a controlled
environment, and use a replacement tool for the next run.

Note
For information on operational procedures and training requirements related to
pressure, refer to OFS Pressure Equipment Standard, OFS-QHSE-S014, at
http://www.hub.slb.com/Docs/qhse/OR/OFSqhseStandards/ofsSTD014PRESS
URE.pdf. In particular, refer to the D&M Appendix to OFS Pressure Standard,
OFS-QHSE-S014-D&M, at InTouch content ID 3897215.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-8

2.3.8 Collar Plugs and Ports


Never insert fingers into any collar ports or plugs (e.g. read-out port) as there
is a risk of metal spurs, electrical shock or trapped pressure. To clean port or
plug threads, use cotton buds (Q-tips) or a clean rag wrapped around a small
brass rod.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

2.3.9 Lithium Battery Hazards

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Handle lithium battery packs with care at all times, failure to do so may result
in explosion or damage to the battery and/or associated equipment or injury
to personnel.
Refer to the Batteries MSDS in the Appendix of the Battery Manual (InTouch
ID 3012777)

A lithium thionyl chloride battery is fitted within the real-time clock in the tool.
This battery should not need to be removed or replaced until either the tool has
seen service downhole or if it has been on the shelf (with a battery fitted) for
more than the recommended (refer to specifications section) life. Replacement
should only be performed in workshop areas with the correct safety equipment
and suitably qualified personnel.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Explosives, Toxic corrosive hazardous substances

Never put the RTC battery in the oven — always ensure it has been removed
before any heat tests are performed.
Monitor usage to prevent over-discharge. Refer to the Battery Specifications
section for expected usage period.

D&M Lithium Battery Standard, D&M-SQ-S013, at InTouch ID 3897211,


discusses operational procedures, including production, ordering, shipping,
storage, use and disposal and handling of both used and damaged batteries.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-9

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets, Environmental
Hazard Category: Biological hazard-illness, Fire flammable, Machinery
equipment hand tools, Toxic corrosive hazardous substances

When disposing of a battery that does not have a serial number, see Tech Alert
011 (X5) — Disposal Guidelines for RTC battery (156460) in PD-X5 Battery
Assembly (A5457) at InTouch ID 4089847.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

For further details on how to handle, store, ship, dispose of, as well as full
documentation and training on Lithium Batteries, refer to the InTouch Reference
Page for Lithium Batteries available at InTouch ID 3250914.

Tip
Engineers must be familiar with procedures in the Battery Manual regarding
lithium battery spills, leaks, and explosions and the use of the Lithium Battery
Field Emergency Kit (04-0024).

2.3.10 Gamma Ray Detector Hazards


Some tools contain a gamma ray detector which provides an azimuthal gamma
ray measurement. The gamma ray detector contains a crystal doped with
thallium, which may cause skin irritation. The fragments of a broken crystal
should not be handled with bare hands. If contact is made with the skin,
immediately wash with soap and water.

The gamma ray measurement is calibrated using a gamma ray blanket (GSR-D,
H616079). It consists of a flexible plastic sheet impregnated with monazite, a
natural thorium sand. This sheet is contained in a yellow canvas outer cover,
with straps that permit strapping the sheet around the GR section of the tool for
calibration. The GSR-D is classified as an “excepted package” due to its low
surface radiation. No shielding is required. For further information on the gamma
ray blanket, see the D&M Appendix to the OFS Radiation Safety Manual at
InTouch ID 3311641.

2.3.11 Beryllium Copper (BeCu) Hazards


It is possible that several parts of the RSS tools are made out of beryllium copper
(BeCu). When designing new parts, SHTC Engineering has made an effort to
minimize the amount of BeCu used. Still there may be parts remaining in the
field which contain BeCu and are listed below if applicable.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-10

Note
The solid metal form of Beryllium copper is not harmful to the skin.

Although the amount of beryllium contained in BeCu is very low, it is


recommended to wear a mask if one of these parts needs to be ground as
beryllium is toxic if inhaled or ingested.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

In the short term, inhalation can lead to irritation of the respiratory tract and
lungs. Long term, beryllium dust introduced through respiration or ingestion is
a carcinogen. Any person who will be grinding or machining such components
should be informed of the hazards.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Human

A potential for breathable dust particles exists when breaking out the tool joints
of the flex collar, always wear a mask during this operation.

Suggested precautions when grinding BeCu or performing other fine


dust-producing operations include:

1. Use adequately ventilated hoods or similarly controlled environments.


2. Wet the article with water or a safe lubricant to trap fine particles.
3. Perform work outdoors and stay upwind of the item being worked on.
4. Wear a face mask, which covers the nose and mouth.
5. Wear gloves to prevent skin contamination.

BeCu scrap is not a hazardous waste. Recycle clean BeCu scrap. If scrap is not
feasible, dispose of scrap BeCu alloy in accordance with local regulations.

The MSDS for BeCu is available from the MSDS page on the Hub at
http://www.hub.slb.com/Docs/slb/SRC/berylcop.pdf. Alternatively, refer to
S-400845 MSDS for Beryllium Copper M25 Alloy (see InTouch ID 4001010).

PowerDrive BeCu Parts List

The following PowerDrive parts may or may not be composed of BeCu. These
are applicable for X5, Xtra, PowerV and vorteX.

• Anchor bolts are made of BeCu for all tool sizes except PD475, which are
composed of inconel.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-11

• PD675FC-AA are made of BeCu.


• Pressure housings were previously composed of BeCu but with the
introduction of PD6SCU-MR05 (InTouch ID 3317635) and PDS9CU-MR04
(InTouch ID 3317638), these are now made of titanium direct from SHTC.
Parts histories should be consulted to verify whether these non-mandatory
MRs have been performed prior to carrying out any work on pressure
housings.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

2.3.12 H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) Hazards

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Biological hazard-illness

Personnel with a risk of coming into contact with, or being exposed to H2S must
complete Schlumberger H2S level 1.

Hydrogen sulfide (H2S), also known as Sour Gas and Acid Gas along with
other names, is a very toxic, colorless gas, which is heavier than air and
soluble in water and liquid hydrocarbons. H2S is commonly found in the oilfield
environment at different concentrations, and attention should be paid especially
while handling our tools around the rig floor premises.

H2S is a chemical asphyxiate, similar to carbon monoxide and cyanide gases.


It inhibits cellular respiration and the uptake of oxygen, causing biochemical
suffocation.

At low concentrations (0 parts per million (ppm) to 10 ppm), H2S irritates the
eyes, nose, and throat. At a moderate concentration (10 ppm to 50 ppm), H2S
causes headaches, dizziness, nausea and vomiting, coughing, and breathing
difficulties. At high concentrations (50 ppm to 200 ppm), H2S severely irritates
the respiratory tract, the eyes (causing acute conjunctivitis), and causes shock,
convulsions, coma, and death in severe cases.

H2S has a very low odor threshold. Its smell is easily perceptible at
concentrations well below 1 ppm in air. The odor is stronger as the gas becomes
more concentrated, with the rotten egg smell recognizable up to 30 ppm. Above
this level, the gas has a sickeningly sweet odor, up to around 100 ppm. However,
at concentrations above 100 ppm, a person’s ability to detect the gas is affected
by rapid temporary paralysis of the olfactory nerves in the nose, causing a
person to lose their sense of smell.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-12 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-12

This means that there can be dangerously high concentrations of H2S with
no perceivable odor. Prolonged exposure to lower concentrations can cause
olfactory fatigue. This property of H2S makes it very dangerous to rely on your
sense of smell to warn you of the gas.

To make sure that all Schlumberger locations are sufficiently prepared for the
risks of H2S, and that the risks are effectively managed so they are as low as
practicable, refer to the OFS H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) Standard, which you can
find at InTouch content ID 3260280. This Standard gives operational procedures
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

for known and unknown H2S drilling environments, with respect to training
requirements, exposure limits, and safety equipment that is necessary to be
available, tested, and correctly used.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Toxic corrosive hazardous substances

There can be traces of H2S in tools that come back from the rig. The risk is
heightened in:

• invaded Control Units


• trapped mud or pressure.

2.3.13 Third Party Hazards


Third-party management is the weakest part of the Schlumberger Management
System. There are things that you can do to improve the contractor management
system significantly.

Always supervise third parties when they move Schlumberger equipment.

Third parties (rig crews, truck drivers, etc.) may not understand that some tool
collars:

• have electronic equipment and delicate sensors


• have an uneven distribution of weight along the collar length.

Speak to all forklift drivers, crane operators, and drillers to make sure that the
correct care is used when moving Schlumberger equipment.

When you use third-party equipment and supplies, obey the manufacturer’s
recommendations.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-13 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-13

2.4 Equipment Safety

2.4.1 Substitution of Parts


Although the apparent cost of locally-made substitute parts might appear to be
significantly less than qualified replacements from Schlumberger, their use is not
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

permitted. The skills and equipment needed to control the quality of the parts are
specialized, and have not been found in any field location to date. Depending
on the part, premature failure can cause personal injury or death, and financial
or material loss.

2.4.2 Surface Equipment Hazards


The TWIS and IDEAL systems used with the RSS tools have their own
Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS). These give a certain amount of protection
from fluctuations in the rig power supply.

It is important to make sure that the logging unit and all of the power supplies
in the unit are correctly grounded to prevent floating voltages or ground loops
that can cause damage to the equipment. This is also important to maintain the
intrinsic safety of the sensors used around the wellsite.

In addition:

• Do not bypass safety barriers


• Connect grounding leads to unit ground, and connect this to the rig ground
(or earth)

Note
For more information on surface equipment, refer to the IDEAL Hardware and
Software FRMs at InTouch content ID 3300415.

2.4.3 Overhead Crane and Hydraulic Hoist


Parts moved during disassembly and assembly can be heavy. Obey the
precautions that follow:

• Make sure that slings are certified and are in the correct position before
you lift any part

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-14 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-14

• Always put the slings in position at the center of gravity for the part before
lifting. This might not always be the middle
• During the lifting task, one person must handle the part at one of the ends.
Do not lift higher than necessary.

2.4.4 Downhole Equipment Hazards


The threads on the RSS tools are different, depending on the tool configuration.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Make sure that you use the correct torque when making up each of the
connections

See the Specifications Manual to find the correct torques.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Land transport

Some connections, such as the Upper Stabilizer for PowerDrive Xceed and the
Sleeve Stabilizers for PowerDrive X5/PowerDrive Xtra, have a left-hand thread.

Operate the tool within flow rate limits. The mud flow velocity pattern in the tool is
low to minimize accelerated and localized erosion.

Do not work with the Read-Out Port (ROP) plug in the rain. Iif it is absolutely
necessary to do so, make sure that no water gets into the ROP. There is no
waterproof bulkhead to protect the tool electronics.

The metal in downhole equipment can pit, crack, and become brittle when it is
exposed to corrosive muds. Brine mud systems and H2S environments can
cause corrosion problems.

2.4.5 Safe Handling Guidelines


D&M tools are large and heavy, often weighing thousands of pounds, and require
equipment to move them. Adequate tooling, lifting, and support equipment is
necessary when handling the tool and some of its components. To prevent injury,
take care when lifting, moving, and working on the equipment.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-15 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-15

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

To minimize the associated risks, the OFS Mechanical Lifting Standard


OFS-QHSE-S013 (http://www.hub.slb.com/Docs/qhse/OR/OFSqhseStandards/o
fsSTD013LIFTING.pdf) gives the minimum requirements for all mechanical lifting
operations, including lifting of personnel, pedestal, overhead, and mobile cranes,
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

hydraulic telescoping cranes, forklift trucks, mast units, and lifting gear.

The guidelines that follow are applicable when handling the tool or surface
systems:

Lifting equipment

• Make sure that you use correctly-rated lifting equipment (cranes, slings,
straps, shackles, etc.) when lifting collars and associated heavy equipment
Lifting equipment must be rated equal to, or in more than, the weights being
lifted
• Keep all lifting equipment free from damage or significant wear
• Make sure that all lifting equipment is clearly marked with safe working loads
• For all lifting equipment, keep current inspection documentation where
applicable
• Do not put the slips or tongs on an antenna, wearband, or stabilizer

Moving equipment

• Do not lift a collar by hooking dogs into the collar threads


• Do not lift a collar by hooking into the thread protectors
• Do not touch a load with your hands to guide or stabilize it. Attach tag lines to
all heavy loads to guide and stabilize them
• During crane movement, lift the tool as a single unit, never with other collars
• When moving collars with a crane or forklift truck, keep the collars as close to
the floor as possible
• Make sure that at least two persons are present when handling large or heavy
equipment. Always have a spotter on the ground when working with cranes
• Do not unload equipment from a truck or boat by dropping it to the ground
• Be careful when picking the tool up into the derrick; avoid it swinging unduly

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-16 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-16

Making up connections

• Always install the correct thread protectors when moving large threaded
components
• Torque connections to specification only
• Keep collars as vertical as possible. Threaded connections will make up and
break easily only when there is no bending strain on the joint
• Apply MOLY-KOTE (M-060030 or equivalent) to connections before applying
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

API drill collar compound to reduce galling


• Always screw connections together with a chain tong so that you can feel if
the thread starts to gall and can back out the connection before you cause
serious damage

Note
After tightening with a chain tong, the shoulder standoff should be in the
range 0.000 in to 0.010 in

Storing equipment

• When you store components, make sure that all threads are coated with drill
collar compound or grease to prevent corrosion
• All tool racks must be correctly load-rated for their expected loads
• All heavy equipment should be loaded towards the bottom of the tool racks to
keep the rack stable
• Tool benches, stands, and moveable trolleys must be load-rated for the tools
they are designed to support. Obey these load ratings at all times
• Moveable trolleys must have wheels or castor wheels suitable for both the
load and the floor surface for which they are used

2.4.5.1 Bias Unit Safe Handling Guidelines


When handling the Bias Unit, make sure of the following:

• The tool is not balanced and may roll before finding its stable position due to
the bias unit pad arrangement and protector (when in place).
• Always ensure that housing and shaft connections are lubricated with API
drill collar compound before making them up.
• The tool requires a lift cap and a thread protector in the base of the bias unit
when being handled or lifted on the catwalk, V-door or rig floor.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-17 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-17

Refer to the Specifications maual for a list of part numbers for BU pad
protectors.
• Do not allow the bias unit to be sat onto a sub pin when lifting onto the drill
floor.
• Ensure that rig-tongs are not placed in contact with the upper kick plate or
pad assemblies.
• When installing the flow restrictor, ensure that no nicks are present on the BU
ID which can damage the flow restrictor O-rings.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

2.4.5.2 Control Unit Safe Handling Guidelines

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

When moving the Control Unit only lift by the pressure case, all other components
may rotate during the lifting operation causing loss of control and possible
damage to the unit or injury to personnel.

When handling and loading/unloading the control unit, observe the following:

• Do not use shock or impact to push in or pull out the electronic cartridges.
This might result in serious damage to the electronics or sensors.
• Control unit impeller blades may contain sharp edges, particularly after a
down-hole run (possible contact with collar wall).
• Circlips retaining the hanger bolt locking plates are held under compression.
Always wear safety glasses and use the correct tools.
• When loading or unloading the control unit into the collar, ensure that the
impeller blades do not drag across the collar threads.
• When connecting to the control unit via the programming port while in
hazardous zones, a hot work permit is mandatory.
The programming cable does not have an intrinsically safe barrier fitted.

2.4.5.3 Control Collar Safe Handling Guidelines


When making or breaking the connections make sure that the pipe tongs/iron
rough-neck is not positioned across the anchor bolt recesses to prevent damage
which leads to difficulty removing the lock plates.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-18 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-18

Fishing diagrams, available within the Specification section, annotate the


positions where the tongs should be used.

Note
Sleeves should be tightened only where shown in the diagrams.

2.4.6 Safe Transportation Guidelines


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The guidelines that follow apply when transporting the tool or surface systems.

• Make sure that the equipment is correctly packed and secured when loaded
onto the transporter.
• Use packing crates with shock-absorbing material, watertight containers
(for computers), and locked metal transport containers to make sure that
equipment is delivered safely and in working order.
• Make sure that you know local practices concerning special transportation
requirements.
• When transporting equipment on a truck or boat, make sure that it is securely
strapped down to prevent rolling or sliding.
• Consider hazardous material requirements with respect to lithium batteries in
the tool.

2.4.7 Surface Test Precautions


When preparing for downhole operations, observe the following precautions:

• The surface testing must be performed with the Bias Unit below the rotary
table.
• Make sure that the bit and Bias Unit are not inside the BOP during testing, to
avoid damage to the BOP.
• No rotation of the string is permitted during the test.
• The real-time link can be tested by adding the MWD tool above the
PowerDrive. If the MWD tool is tested on surface, the PowerDrive and bit
must be included to avoid possible damage to the pressure compensation
system.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-19 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-19

2.5 Environmental Safety


All sites must manage their operations in a continual improvement manner
to protect the environment, prevent pollution, minimize environmental
impact, and comply with environmental laws and regulatory requirements
where we operate, and Schlumberger environmental requirements.
For detailed information on Schlumberger environmental policies and
procedures refer to the OFS Environmental Standard SLB-QHSE-S008 at
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=id16330.

2.5.1 Waste Disposal


The Manager is responsible to make sure that all waste is disposed of in
an environmentally sound manner. This is usually carried out by a qualified
contractor to dispose of the waste. Refer to the EnviroHub for more details at
http://www.hub.slb.com/index.cfm?id=id24079.

2.5.2 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)


Before a chemical or hazardous material is introduced to a location, it requires a
formal approval from:

• the local QHSE department for the safety and environmental aspects (hazard
communication, emergency response, disposal)
• Engineering for the technical aspects (suitability, compatibility, etc.).

All chemicals and hazardous materials must have a Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) available. All specific MSDS sheets must be kept in the location MSDS
archive, and must be available to everyone.

The links that follow are good sources for MSDS Sheets:

• SHTC Alphabetical List, at https://pws.stonehouse.oilfield.slb.com/SHTC/Qu


alityHSE/std20/#TOP-Material%20Safety%20Data%20Sheets
• The Hub MSDS SEARCH
• The Hub MSDS Alphabetically
• MSDS Search
• Manufacturer’s website
• For batteries, refer to the MSDS in the Appendix of the Battery Manual, at
InTouch content ID 3012777.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
2-20 PowerDrive X5 OM / Health, Safety and Environment 2-20

2.5.3 Hazardous Materials

2.5.3.1 Chemical Hazards

Potential Severity: Serious


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Potential Loss: Environmental


Hazard Category: Biological hazard-illness

Always clean oil spillages as soon as they occur, to avoid contamination or slips
and falls.

There are greases and oils in the workshop and at the rig-site. These include,
but are not limited to:

• General-purpose grease
• Silicone grease
• Anti-seize thread compounds
• Lubricating oils
• Drilling fluids.

2.5.3.2 Cleaning Solvents


When working with solvents, do the following:

• Make sure that the area has sufficient ventilation


• Do not use solvents near a heat source or open flame
• Always use the correct breathing protection, as required
• Do not use chlorinated solvents to clean the collars or inner components,
because they can make materials brittle, and degrade materials.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-i

3 Job Planning
3.1 Operational Constraints ________________________________________ 3-2
3.2 Bit Selection Guidelines ________________________________________ 3-3
3.2.1 PDX5/PDX5R Bit Selection Guidelines ________________________ 3-4
3.2.2 vorteX Bit Selection Guidelines _______________________________ 3-6
3.3 Flow Kit Selection Guidelines __________________________________ 3-6
3.3.1 Example of Flow Kit Selection ________________________________ 3-7
3.3.2 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 475 Flow Kits ____ 3-9
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.3.3 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 675 Flow Kits ___ 3-12
3.3.4 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Flow
Kits ________________________________________________________ 3-15
3.4 Rigsite Considerations ________________________________________ 3-18
3.4.1 Rig Considerations __________________________________________ 3-18
3.4.2 Rig Hydraulic Considerations ________________________________ 3-19
3.4.3 Mud Types and Sand Content Considerations ________________ 3-20
3.5 BHA Design Considerations and Constraints __________________ 3-21
3.5.1 Stabilizer Selection Guidelines _______________________________ 3-22
3.5.1.1 PDX5 Stabilizer Selection Guidelines _____________________ 3-23
3.5.1.2 PowerV Stabilizer Selection Guidelines ___________________ 3-24
3.5.1.3 vorteX Stabilizer Selection Guidelines ____________________ 3-24
3.5.2 Float Valve Considerations __________________________________ 3-25
3.5.3 Screen and Filter Considerations _____________________________ 3-25
3.5.4 Bias Unit Considerations ____________________________________ 3-26
3.5.4.1 Bias Unit Flow Restrictor and Bit Nozzle Considerations ___ 3-26
3.5.4.2 Abrasive Formation Considerations _______________________ 3-27
3.5.5 Control Unit Considerations __________________________________ 3-27
3.5.5.1 Gamma Ray Measurement in Large Hole Size Guidelines __ 3-27
3.5.6 Flex Collar Considerations ___________________________________ 3-27
3.5.7 Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations ______________ 3-28
3.5.7.1 PDX5 Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations ____ 3-29
3.5.7.2 vorteX Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations ___ 3-29
3.5.8 vorteX Design Considerations and Constraints ________________ 3-29
3.5.8.1 vorteX BHA design Considerations _______________________ 3-30
3.5.8.2 Power Section Considerations ____________________________ 3-31
3.5.8.3 Bearing Section _________________________________________ 3-32
3.5.8.4 Downhole Filter _________________________________________ 3-32
3.6 Operational Considerations ___________________________________ 3-32
3.6.1 Drilling Blind (No E-Mag Link) Overview ______________________ 3-32
3.6.2 How Magnetic Interference Affects the Tool ___________________ 3-33
3.6.3 How Downhole Shock Affects the Tool ________________________ 3-33
3.7 Combination with Other Tools _________________________________ 3-35
3.7.1 Mechanical Compatibility ____________________________________ 3-35
3.7.2 Electrical Compatibility ______________________________________ 3-36
3.8 Surface Equipment Preparation _______________________________ 3-36
3.8.1 Surface Equipment Checks __________________________________ 3-36

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-ii PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-ii

3.8.1.1 Surface System Documentation __________________________ 3-36


3.8.1.2 Surface Sensors Required _______________________________ 3-37
3.8.1.3 Surface Cabling Checks _________________________________ 3-37
3.8.1.4 Rigsite Toolkit Checklist __________________________________ 3-38
3.9 Downhole Equipment Preparation _____________________________ 3-39
3.9.1 Typical Downhole Equipment List ____________________________ 3-39
3.9.2 Real-Time Clock Battery Servicing ___________________________ 3-39
3.9.3 PDX5 Real Time (Basket) Test Procedure ____________________ 3-40
3.10 Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines ___________________ 3-44
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.10.1 Collar Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines _____________ 3-44


3.10.2 Lithium Batteries Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines ___ 3-44
3.10.3 Shipping Documentation ____________________________________ 3-45

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-1

3 Job Planning Job Planning, preparation

The pre-job planning requirements are defined in the D&M Operational


Management Guidelines - Service Delivery document in InTouch content ID
3892115. The Drilling and Measurements (D&M) crew must know this document
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

and its requirements.

Before the start of the job, it is very important that you have data on Client
expectations and requirements. Hold a pre-job meeting to determine BHA and
Tool configurations. Where available, offset data and lithological information
must be made available at the pre-job planning stage.

A Tool Order document must be created that includes the actual ordered
equipment, and a justification for the tool selection. Changes to the tool order
must be managed, and require the same approval as the original document. In
the Schlumberger R&M facility, the Outgoing System Test (OST) and Tool Collar
Order (TCO) must be checked against the Tool Order to confirm that the correct
tools are being shipped.

For all jobs, the pre-job planning requirements must be discussed and agreed
with the Client. The pre-job planning documents must be signed by the
Client Representative and appropriate Schlumberger sign-off authority. These
documents must contain the following:

• Documentation and discussion of realistic well objectives and expectations


• The Well Trajectory design and target definition and boundary description.
This to include geological and driller targets
• Anti-collision issues are investigated and documented as per D&M and Client
requirements
• Recommendations of the Drilling Engineering Organization with regards to:

– Detailed drilling engineering recommendations


– Bit and Bottom Hole Assembly (BHA) optimization within published tool
specifications
– Engineering approach to tool selection for optimal performance
– Case and feasibility studies
– Drilling engineering solutions

• D&M crews are provided with latest updated Drilling Office backup file (.pbf)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-2

• Drilling tools are prepared as defined by operating procedures


• Rotary Steerable System (RSS) tools have current calibrations, and the
calibrations are archived.

Additional information

• A printable and editable version of the Pre-Job Well Data Sheet is available
from InTouchSupport.com at content ID 4026015. This is meant to serve
as an example data sheet and should not be considered the standard.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Any suggestions for improvement should be submitted as feedback to the


InTouch content.

3.1 Operational Constraints

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Do not operate the tool outside its mechanical and operational specifications.

The following parameters are of particular relevance and must be discussed


with the Client:

• Flow ranges: Ensure the expected flow rate is agreed, and the appropriate
impeller configuration selected.
• Max rpm: The cumulative maximum downhole rpm must not exceed
maximum rpm allowed. Rotation of the surface string and rotation from a mud
motor, if used, must be taken into account (Total rpm = ((Rev/gal) x (gal/min))
+ (Surface rpm)). Stick-slip conditions will also affect downhole rpm.
• Pressure Drop
• pH and dissolved oxygen content
• Max sand content
• Max temperature
• Max pressure
• Max DLS
• LCM
• Shock / vibrations: Extreme shocks and vibration is destructive to all BHA
components.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-3

• Competitor MWD tools — survey delays can result in a significant increase


in downlink timing.
• MWD telemetry: lower frequencies may cause flow variations that can
result in loss of control, power resets and/or vibrations. Refer to InTouch
ID 3952307 and the PowerDrive BB thread on this subject for detailed
information.

Additional information
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• X5 Specifications Manual
• Section 3.5.8 vorteX Design Considerations and Constraints (p. 3-29) for
motor specific operational constraints of running the PowerDrive vorteX
service.

3.2 Bit Selection Guidelines


To standardize the bit design process, the following bit performance categories
should be used:

Category Description
Stability A measure of stick slip and vibration
Steerability Max DLS achievable compared to the expected or planned DLS
Performance ROP achieved compared to expected/planned ROP
Durability A measure of the run length

These categories enable design requirements to be ranked during pre-job


planning and bit selection and performance evaluated at the end of the run.
Comparison of pre-job design requirements with the post-run evaluation will
enable bits to be optimized for each application. Each category should be ranked
on a scale of 1 (low) to 5 (high).

A radar diagram, as shown in Figure 3-1, can be used to visualize the bit
characteristics and evaluate performance post-run. This process will facilitate
better bit optimization and allow for more efficient post-run evaluation of results
against objectives. At the planning stage, the DEC, Client Drilling Engineer and
bit vendors representative shall define the objectives and expectations for the
bit. The bit requirements are then selected considering available offset data.
The bit requirements can be ranked in the named categories. The bit selection
and detailed specification should be driven by this ranking and discussion.
A bit may have a ranking of 2-3-2-3 to achieve the required run objective.
Post-run evaluation may show a ranking of 2-1-2-2, indicating the Steerability
and Durability were below requirements. The radar chart allows visualization of
how the bit compared to the planned objectives.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-4

Figure 3-1: Radar Diagram of Bit Characteristics

The bit optimization and evaluation system should be associated with


clearly-defined limits within each category. This allows standardization of the
ranking system between fields, and from one location to another.

The measurement ranges are defined in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Measurement Ranges

Stability Steerability Performance Durability


DLS ROP (ft/hr) Hours
(deg/100ft)
1 No shocks, no stick slip > 8°/100ft > 200 ft/hr > 200 hrs
(low)
2 Shock Level 1 and/or low stick 6 to 8°/100ft 140 ft/hr to 200 140 hrs to 200
slip, <50 rpm ft/hr hrs
3 Shock Level 2 and/or moderate 4°/100ft to 80 ft/hr to 140 80 hrs to 140
stick slip, 50 – 100 rpm 6°/100ft ft/hr hrs
4 Occasional Shock Level 3 and/or 2°/100ft to 20 ft/hr to 80 20 hrs to 80 hrs
high stick slip > 100 rpm 4°/100ft ft/hr
5 Frequent or continuous Shock < 2°/100ft < 20 ft/hr < 20 hrs
(high) Level 3

These ranges are an example, and can be tailored for each location based
on actual operating ranges. The intention is to provide a means to define the
application, and evaluate bit performance in each location.

3.2.1 PDX5/PDX5R Bit Selection Guidelines


PowerDrive Xtra/X5 exerts a side force on the bit to achieve bit deflection and the
required hole curvature. To achieve optimum performance, a purpose-designed
bit should be selected. The bit should be chosen in conjunction with the bit
vendor to suit the particular application, as defined by the four categories above.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-5

General bit design guidelines for PowerDrive Xtra/X5 are as follows:

• Active side cutting features with a short aspect ratio will generate high
steering rates. Side cutting features should be selected to suit the application.
Excessive side cutting action may generate stick slip if the torque output from
the bit is unbalanced, and should only be selected if the application requires it.
• Short gauge length with active side cutting will achieve the greatest bit
deflection, but can create instability.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Longer gauge lengths, spiraled gauge, and concave or convex faces lead
to a more stable bit design, and should be selected for tangent sections
and low steering applications.
• Stick Slip and Whirl can be caused by aggressive PDC bits. These motions
are particularly destructive to BHA components, and consume energy which
results in lower ROP and dogleg capability.
• Higher blade count, smaller cutters, force balanced designs and depth of cut
limiters can reduce stick slip and vibrations.
• Rock (roller cone) bits can be used. The rock bit should be specified with
additional gauge and shirt tail protection to reduce the risk of premature wear
and bearing failure. Rock bits can be advantageous when drilling chert or
conglomerates, or where stick slip cannot be entirely eliminated.
• The Bias Unit requires a positive contact between the pads and the wellbore,
so the tool cannot be used with bi-center bits or any hole-opening device
below the Bias Unit.

• The bit type and profile can often cause the tool to exhibit some degree of
toolface offset during a run. The toolface offset is normal but can vary from
one bit type to another. The resultant steering direction may be different to
that set in the tool. Experience will enable this effect to be overcome.

Tip
A comprehensive set of drill bit guidelines relating to bit features, functions,
selection, application, and product nomenclature has been prepared by the NSA
DEC in an independently produced document.

This provides DE / DD / PERFORM Engineers within Schlumberger an unbiased


guide for what bit design and characteristics should be required to match bit
to both drive type and geology for optimal BHA performance. This will aid the
engineer in making technically justified bit recommendations and knowledge of
what may need correcting in the event of a poor bit run. You can find the Bit
Selection Guidelines at InTouch ID 3901054.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-6

3.2.2 vorteX Bit Selection Guidelines


The bit selection for vorteX will depend on the PowerDrive Rotary Steerable
System that is being used.

Note: RPM
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The combination of surface rpm and the rpm from the downhole motor will
generate a higher rpm than is usually possible with more conventional systems.

3.3 Flow Kit Selection Guidelines


The appropriate flow kit for each job should be selected based on a number of
boundaries:

• The free spin speed of the upper impeller should remain under 2200 rpm
(for PD 475) or 2000 rpm (for PD 675, 825, 900 and 1100). This limits the
maximum flow rate.
• The upper impeller should stay above 700 rpm (for PD 475) or 800 rpm (for
PD 675, 825, 900 and 1100) in all conditions. This ensures that the tool will
be powered up at all times.
• The lower impeller should stay above 250 rpm (for PD 475) or 260 rpm (for
PD 675, 825, 900 and 1100) in all conditions to allow for steerability.
• An extra 2 N.m anticlockwise torque margin is set to allow the tool to have
some operational margin. This enables the tool to have clockwise torque
available to counteract increased friction on the lower torquer or stick-slip.

These limits define a recommended operating domain in which the tool should
be run. Each flow kit for each tool size has its own recommended operational
boundaries.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Take care not to operate outside of the flow ranges specified in the appropriate
specification table as this can lead to the internal power supply shutting down
due to under-volt or over-volt conditions.
If the maximum flow rate is exceeded, the IGBT may get damaged, and the
tool is likely to lose toolface control.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-7

Operating domains for each flow kit are shown in the following sections:

• PD 475: 3.3.2 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 475 Flow Kits
(p. 3-9)
• PD 675: 3.3.3 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 675 Flow Kits
(p. 3-12)
• PD 825, 900 and 1100: 3.3.4 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5
825, 900 and 1100 Flow Kits (p. 3-15)
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

For each tool, a combined graph is provided, showing how the operating domains
relate to each other. Separate graphs showing how the operating domains for
each flow kit have been derived are also provided.

Use the combined graph to select the appropriate flow kit. Plot the flow rate
(either gpm or l/min) against mud weight (ppg) on the left hand axis or mud
density (kg/l) on the right hand axis. The resulting position on the graph identifies
which flow kit(s) will operate effectively on the job. 3.3.1 Example of Flow Kit
Selection (p. 3-7) provides an example of this.

Tip
If your plotted position on the graph falls in an area where two flow kits overlap,
use the flow kit with the larger flow rate

If your plotted position on the graph is not covered by the domains published,
contact InTouch for further guidance.

3.3.1 Example of Flow Kit Selection

Example
For example, to find the correct flow kit for a mud weight of 12.5 ppg and a flow
rate of 170 gpm for the PDX5 475, plot the mud weight and flow rate on the
PDX5 475 chart (see Figure 3-2 Example of Flow Kit Selection). The point at
which these two lines meet indicates the flow kit that should be used.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-8

Figure 3-2: Example of Flow Kit Selection

In this example, either the Low Flow kit (shaded black) or the Medium Flow 2
kit (shaded blue) could be used. However, if the plotted position on the graph
falls in an area where two flow kits overlap, the recommendation is to use the
flow kit with the higher flow rate. So, in this case, the Medium Flow 2 kit should
be selected.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-9

3.3.2 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 475


Flow Kits
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 3-3: Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5 475 Flow Kits

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-10

Figure 3-4: Operating domain for PDX5 475 Low Flow flow kit

Figure 3-5: Operating domain for PDX5 475 Medium Flow flow kit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-11

Figure 3-6: Operating domain for PDX5 475 Medium Flow two stage flow kit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-12 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-12

3.3.3 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 675


Flow Kits
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 3-7: Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5 675 Flow Kits

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-13 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-13

Figure 3-8: Operating domain for PDX5 675 Low Flow flow kit

Figure 3-9: Operating domain for PDX5 675 Medium Flow flow kit (8 blades)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-14 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-14

Figure 3-10: Operating domain for PDX5 675 Medium Flow flow kit (15 blades)

Figure 3-11: Operating domain for PDX5 675 High Flow flow kit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-15 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-15

3.3.4 Recommended Operating Domains for PDX5 825,


900 and 1100 Flow Kits
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 3-12: Combined recommended operating domains for PDX5


825, 900 and 1100 Flow Kits

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-16 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-16

Figure 3-13: Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Ultra Low Flow flow kit

Figure 3-14: Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Low Flow flow kit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-17 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-17

Figure 3-15: Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Medium Flow flow kit (8 blades)

Figure 3-16: Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 Medium Flow flow kit (14 blades)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 3-18 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-18

Figure 3-17: Operating domain for PDX5 825, 900 and 1100 High Flow flow kit

3.4 Rigsite Considerations

3.4.1 Rig Considerations


The drilling rig must be able to deliver enough hydraulics and mechanical power.

The rig should have:

• Ability to accommodate DrillLink or autodownlink modulator.


• Mud pumps capable of flow rate and pressure expected for the depth, drill
string, and well trajectory proposed.
• Adequate rig instrumentation. This includes accurate make up torque,
standpipe pressure, drillstring weight, pump strokes, rotary torque and rotary
rpm. All must be accurate and visible from the driller’s console.
• Triplex pumps with pulsation dampeners.
• Solids control equipment. Minimize mud solids to avoid damaging the
downhole equipment.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-19 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-19

• Drillstring handling tools, e.g. lift subs, slips, elevators, etc., available for all
components of the drill string.
• Mast capacity adequate for the current project design plus a minimum
additional overpull of 50,000 lbs.
• Sufficient mast height for conventional oilfield tubulars.

3.4.2 Rig Hydraulic Considerations


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

PowerDrive Xtra/X5 uses the mud flow to activate the steering pads, exerting a
side force on the bit. This operational principle requires a pressure drop through
the Bias Unit, which can be achieved by bit nozzling, or a nozzle inside the Bias
Unit. This pressure drop needs to be considered during the tool selection for a
given application. The amount of steering force is proportional to the differential
pressure across the pads. Insufficient pad pressure will result in a reduced BHA
steering response, and excessive pressure will increase the risk of seal failure.

• The optimal pressure loss below the PowerDrive Xtra/X5 Bias Unit pads is
650 psi to 750 psi (45 bar to 52 bar). Exceeding 750 psi pressure differential
across the pads will reduce seal life.
• The operating pressure for the Bias Unit seals is dependent on the exact tool
specification. It is possible to exceed the recommended operating pressures
in certain cases, but the tool will need to be configured with the enhanced
options before it is shipped to the rig. Pressures of up to 1,000 psi are
possible with these enhanced options.
• The required pressure differential is achieved by nozzling the bit, or
additionally, by the use of a flow restrictor. The use of a flow restrictor allows
a reduced pressure drop across the bit, while maintaining the required
operating pressure drop across the Bias Unit pads. Use of a flow restrictor to
provide the pressure differential rather than the bit nozzles will not reduce
the overall system pressure. The overall pressure drop seen across the
combined Bias Unit and bit will remain in the range of 650 psi to 750 psi, but
the bit HSI will be reduced, which increases the steering response in softer
formations.
• Increasing TFA in soft formations will increase steering response by reducing
the washing of the formation around the bit.
• Reducing the pressure loss below the Bias Unit pads to 600 psi during a bit
run can be achieved by small reductions in pump flow rate. This can be
advantageous where reduced steering response is required, and can lead
to increased seal life. Hole cleaning considerations should always be taken
into account.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-20 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-20

• PowerDrive Xtra/X5 can operate over a wide flow range. However, the tools
need to be configured with the correct impeller set that corresponds to the
anticipated flow range. The PowerDrive tool flow rate has to be coordinated
with the MWD flow rate requirements. This cannot be done at the rig site;
the tools must be configured in the Repair and Maintenance facility before
they are shipped.
• The flow rate configuration of each individual tool is contained within the
documentation sent to the rig. Exceeding these flow operating ranges will
cause damage to the tool.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Additional Information

• Section 3.5.4.1 Bias Unit Flow Restrictor and Bit Nozzle Considerations (p.
3-26)

3.4.3 Mud Types and Sand Content Considerations

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

The higher the amount of solids suspended in the drilling mud the higher the risk
of tool failure due to Torquer jamming.

There are no additional restrictions on the type of mud used with any PowerDrive
tools. PowerDrive systems have been used extensively in water-based,
oil-based, and synthetic mud systems.

However, certain mud types can have adverse reactions with elastomers,
not just those of the PowerDrive systems. These include diesel-based mud
systems, and mud systems containing high concentrations of sodium silicate or
sodium/potassium formates. These mud systems have the potential to degrade
all rubber components (such as mud pump valves) exposed to the circulating
system.

The inclusion of a PowerPak power section with the vorteX system will also
require that the mud is tested for compatibility with the power section elastomer.

The sand content of the mud system should be actively monitored and reported
daily. The life of the BHA is significantly affected by high sand content. The
following guidelines apply:

• Sand content should be kept as low as possible, and ideally below 0.25%

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-21 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-21

• Sand content must not exceed 2% for PowerDrive Xceed. 1% is


recommended.

In addition, to prevent corrosion damage the following specifications apply:

• The pH must be maintained in the range pH 9.5 to pH 12.0


• The dissolved oxygen in the mud going downhole must be maintained below
1.0 ppm.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The pH should be monitored every four hours, and maintained in the range pH 9.5
to pH 12.0. Consideration should be taken of the accuracy of measuring these
values, and a calibrated pH meter always used in preference to litmus paper.

Operating tools in water-based muds outside of these limits will be considered as


running the tool out of specification.

Silicate Mud Systems

Silicate mud systems provide good sealing which results in lower filtration rates
and thin, low permeability filter cakes. Furthermore, when drilling formations with
reactive shales, the filter cake prevents the shales from swelling to the point
where potential wellbore stability problems can occur.

While silicate mud systems are beneficial from drilling and production
standpoints, even low silicate content can be extremely detrimental to
PowerDrive actuator seals. In addition, there are issues with MWD signal
transmission (see relevant MWD ORM for details) which can adversely affect RT
operation of the PowerDrive.

For further details on PowerDrive and silicate muds, refer to InTouch ID 3034381 .

Additional information

• If using a drilling fluid of unknown performance, a small sample —


approximately 2 liters of drilling fluid — should be taken before operation.
This should be used to check the reaction / compatibility of the seal
elastomers to the fluid. Refer to InTouch ID 3819794 for guidelines on testing.

3.5 BHA Design Considerations and Constraints


The BHA should be optimized for the specific application, considering steering
performance, minimal shock and vibration, minimal stick slip, data collection, but
also differential pressure sticking, lost circulation or hole instability problems. The
size of the drillpipe is also important in minimizing stick slip.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-22 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-22

Drilling Office planning software (DrillSafe) should be used to design and model
the BHA performance. Drilling Office includes a BHA Vibration module that can
determine BHA dynamic motions. A comparative analysis of one BHA with
another BHA with a known performance should be performed.

Stick slip is caused by irregular or cyclic torque variations acting on the BHA
that set up torsional resonances. This is caused by either Bit and Formation
interaction, or BHA/Drill Pipe and Formation interaction. Vertical or low inclination
wells generally have less side forces on the BHA compared to high inclination
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

wells, which reduces the Stick Slip caused by BHA/Drill Pipe and Formation
interaction.

• In low inclination wells, using larger OD drill collars will delay the onset of
stick slip and have a damping effect. The larger collar OD will not have such
an effect of side forces in low inclination wells. Larger OD drill pipe with
increased torsional rigidity can reduce stick slip.
• At higher inclinations, the collar OD and length of drill collars should be
reduced to limit the side forces acting on the BHA.
• The BHA and drillstring should always be carefully modeled using the Drilling
Office DrillSafe module. This will enable accurate modeling of side forces,
buckling, and torque, within the drillstring.

3.5.1 Stabilizer Selection Guidelines


The following stabilization options apply to all PowerDrive tools:

• A reduced OD upper stabilizer can be used. Reducing the OD of the upper


stabilizer can increase the build rate, but the steering response will be biased
towards build. This means that the build rate will increase, but the achievable
drop rates will be reduced.
• Additional stabilizers can be placed in the string to minimize lateral vibrations,
particularly on LWD tools. Reducing the unstabilized length of MWD/LWD
tools will reduce the occurrence and severity of lateral vibrations.
• In vertical or low inclination wells, stabilization above the PowerDrive tools
will reduce lateral vibrations. In high inclination wells, additional stabilization
will generate additional side forces and can lead to stick slip.
• Rollers reamers (Red Back and Smith) have been used to smooth the
torque variations created by side forces at the stabilization point. These
are particularly effective in abrasive or interbedded formations. Before
using a roller reamer, the manufacturers should be consulted to confirm the

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-23 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-23

maximum allowable rotating hours and any rpm restrictions. Different styles
of rollers are available that can be used depending on the application. Some
are passive and act like a stabilizer, others are active and will cut ledges.
• The stabilizer should have a ’water melon’ profile, with a rounded blade
cross-section. Spiral blades are preferred with an open wrap to minimize
cuttings buildup while tripping. Integral blade stabilizers have an increased
junk slot area and are preferred.
• Where available, stabilizers should be bored for a float valve. If a float sub
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

has to be used, it should be situated above the stabilizer.


• A stabilizer up to ⅛ in below the bit gauge will reduce the potential for stick
slip by reducing the stabilizer to wellbore interaction. However, it should
be noted that stabilizers that are significantly under-gauge could increase
the occurrence of BHA whirl.
• No PowerDrive systems require any secondary stabilization. However,
additional stabilization may be added to the BHA based on LWD requirements
or shock and vibration mitigation.
• As with standard rotary assembly practices, the use of under-gauge
stabilizers increases the build rate and reduces the drop tendency of the
assembly in neutral, however, overall steering response will be affected.
• Stabilizer sleeves can be purpose-designed to suit the specific application.
Designs can be varied to maximize flow area, or optimize the blade width
and spiral.

3.5.1.1 PDX5 Stabilizer Selection Guidelines


PowerDrive Xtra/X5 has the following specific stabilization considerations:

• An upper stabilizer must be used which acts as a fulcrum point. Increased


steering response will be achieved by moving the fulcrum point closer to
the bit. This can be achieved with the optional stabilized control collar with
integral or sleeve type stabilizers. The stabilized control collar has been
shown to increase the rotary tendency by approximately 2°/100 ft. This
results in a more neutral rotary tendency, but with PD900, a slight rotary build
can result. The stabilized control collar should not be used with PD900,
where the particular application requires high drop rates.
• Use of a flex collar above the upper stabilizer in PowerDrive Xtra/X5 can
increase steering response. The additional flex increases the effectiveness
of the force generated by the steering pads. The length of the flex collar
has been optimized; using multiple or longer flex elements above the upper

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-24 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-24

stabilizer can lead to an unstable BHA that is sensitive to WOB. The use of
the flex collar should be carefully evaluated, and the increase in steering
response should be weighed against the potential drawbacks outlined above.
• Flex collars cannot be run below the top stabilizer.
• A purpose-designed stabilizer must be used as the upper stabilizer when the
E-Mag real-time link is used. This purpose-designed stabilizer contains the
E-Mag receiver sonde and electronics. When the stabilized control collar is
used in conjunction with the real-time link, a blank sleeve must be used on
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

the E-Mag stabilizer.


• Placing additional stabilizers directly above the PowerDrive Xtra/X5 control
stabilizer will reduce the effectiveness of the control stabilizer, and reduce
the steering response.

3.5.1.2 PowerV Stabilizer Selection Guidelines


If you are running PowerV, or if a vertical section is planned (by selecting a
180/100 % GTF setting), select a close to full-gauge stabilizer, typically ⅛ in
under to minimize risk of stick-slip.

3.5.1.3 vorteX Stabilizer Selection Guidelines


The correct stabilization of the vorteX BHA assembly is critical to ensure the
correct steering response, and to minimize shock and vibrations below the
PowerPak motor.

PowerDrive vorteX has the following specific stabilization considerations:

• A string stabilizer should be used directly above the PowerPak motor. This
stabilizer should be ⅛ in to ¼ in under gauge depending on the hole size.
• If using PDX5/PDX5R/Xtra as the RSS, there are three possible positions
for the control stabilizer. The position chosen will depend on the DLS
requirement. A sleeve on the bearing section of the PowerPak is the preferred
choice, because it minimizes the rotating components and stabilizer wear.
However, if CLink is used, the distance between the PowerDrive pads and
bearing housing stabilizer may reduce the steering capability of the tool. In
this case, a stabilized control collar and a slick motor is the next best option.
• If using Xceed as the RSS, upper and lower Xceed sleeve stabilizers should
be used, as in a conventional Xceed BHA. The motor should be slick.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-25 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-25

3.5.2 Float Valve Considerations


To prevent damage to the Bias Unit seals, a Float Valve is required above the
Control Unit. This is fitted either within the String Stabilizer or using bespoke
units if running with the real-time link.

Additional Information
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Refer to the X5 Specifications Manual.

3.5.3 Screen and Filter Considerations


The following guidelines highlight the potential areas where jamming and
blockage can occur as well as the recommended steps and procedures that
should be adopted to limit or prevent them reoccurring.

• Using PowerDrive vorteX downhole filter subs


The downhole filter sub contains a filter screen which has been designed to
collect debris, in order to prevent jamming within the Control Unit. This sub
also includes a sleeve-on stabilization feature.
The use of downhole filter subs should be considered where appropriate.
Refer to DNM-TIR_014: Filter Screen Qualification (see InTouch ID 3996587)
for qualification test information on various downhole filters.
• Cleaning the drill pipe following cementing operations.
A number of jamming events have been related to cement debris falling
from the inside of the drill pipe - refer to InTouch 3273628 for recommended
practices for cleaning the drill pipe.
• Prevention of failure due to Torquer pack off from barite or similar material.
Ensure that whenever possible, the flow rate when circulating is such that
the control unit is powered and functioning. If the minimum flow rate is used,
the mag housings will be rotating on the Torquers and the scraper system
under the mag housing will act to clear away any barite or debris. This will
limit the chance of jamming a Torquer.
This includes breaking circulation when tripping in the hole and the drilling
out of shoe tracks, etc.
• Use of flow line and ditch magnets to remove / monitor metal debris within
the mud system.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-26 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-26

Failures have occurred due to fine metal particles remaining in the mud from
casing wear or following milling operations. These particles become attracted
to the magnets within the Torquer assemblies and depending on the amount
present in the mud can build up and pack off the clearance between the
magnet housing and Torquer body. As always, if any location has adopted
a local best practice not outlined above, or has specific case histories with
lessons learnt, then please submit to InTouch for sharing.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.5.4 Bias Unit Considerations

3.5.4.1 Bias Unit Flow Restrictor and Bit Nozzle Considerations

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

A Flow Restrictor allows a reduced pressure drop across the Bit while maintaining
the required operating pressure drop across the Actuator Pistons. The overall
pressure drop across the combined Steering Unit and bit will remain in the range
of 450 psi to 650 psi (see Specifications for recommended range as per tool
size and configuration). Therefore, a Flow Restrictor will not help to address
situations where total string pressure is close to the rig capability.

If, for operational reasons, the required pressure drop cannot be provided by the
bit nozzles, then a Flow Restrictor can be used. This can be jetted to provide the
required additional pressure to the Actuator Pistons.

Consider using a Flow Restrictor where you anticipate soft or unconsolidated


formations. Always consult the bit manufacturer to ensure adequate bit
hydraulics with the Flow Restrictor in place.

The Flow Restrictor is screwed into the Steering Sleeve Clamp. There are two
different types of Flow Restrictor. One type is a blank, which protects the threads
in case it is not necessary to use the Restrictor Nozzle. The other type contains
the nozzle of the required size. There are separate handling tools for blank and
normal Restrictor housings, in addition to the tools needed to change the nozzle.

Note
The Flow Restrictor calculation is implemented in Drilling Office 2008.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-27 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-27

Additional information

Section 3.4.2 Rig Hydraulic Considerations (p. 3-19)

3.5.4.2 Abrasive Formation Considerations


Abrasive formation can cause premature wear of the pads and seals, thus
limiting the DLS capability of the tool and ultimately the life of the tool. Please
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

refer to the Tool specifications for a list of available parts to enhance the reliability
of the tool in this environment.

3.5.5 Control Unit Considerations

3.5.5.1 Gamma Ray Measurement in Large Hole Size Guidelines


The gamma ray signal is mostly attenuated in larger hole sizes, especially 22
and 26 in holes. This will result in:

• Too much attenuation to maintain a RT link with 22 and 26 hole gamma ray
applications; thus, only RM data will be available
• A qualitative yet not quantitative gamma ray measurement in all large hole
gamma ray applications.

If the gamma ray measurement is to be provided in large hole sizes, discuss this
with the client prior to providing any data and should be adequately annotated
on any logs presented to the client.

3.5.6 Flex Collar Considerations


The system may require a flexible collar to increase the system dogleg capability
and isolate it further from the BHA behavior above it. The addition of a flex collar
tends to result in less predictable BHA behavior.

For well plans requiring consistent doglegs above 3 °/100 ft or 4 °/100 ft a flex
collar is recommended3-1.

3-1. This value is dependant on local experience and conditions.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-28 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-28

Note
On X5, it has been seen through experience that PD475 real time communication
across a flex collar is very susceptible to losing communication due to the
increased spacing between antennas coupled with formation, mud properties
and flow rate. Therefore, wherever possible, PD475 real time should be run with
only a crossover sub.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

If flex joint T1052599 is run between the Control Collar and Receiver, then the
components should be fully bench tested as per the current procedures in the
Maintenance Manual. When running the tool downhole, you should operate at
the maximum flow possible according to the tool’s flow range to give the best
chance of constant real time data.

Use of a flex collar has been shown to increase levels of torsional vibrations
and stick slip. A flex collar should only be used where the planned dogleg
requirements dictate.

3.5.7 Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations


It is not recommended to run a hole opener or under reamer above the
PowerDrive Archer because of dogleg severity (DLS) limitations. The following
guidelines are general, and you must contact SHTC if you plan to run hole
openers or reamer in the BHA.

• Hydraulic under reamers can be run above the PowerDrive system. Put the
under reamer above the control stabilizer to isolate the tool from shocks. The
spacing of the under reamer will be determined by constrains on the length
of rat hole or unopened hole below the reamer at the end of the bit run.
Where possible, the under reamer should be placed above the PowerDrive
and MWD/LWD tools in the BHA. To minimize shocks, the BHA should be
stabilized above and below the reamer. A stabilizer close to the pilot hole
gauge should be placed above a drill collar below the reamer. Detailed
drillstring dynamic analysis should to be done to optimize BHAs for these
applications.
• Bi-center reamers or wing reamers can be run with any PowerDrive system.
The reamer should be spaced above the tool to minimize possible shock and
vibration damage to the tool.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-29 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-29

• The cutting action of the hole opener or reamer should be balanced with
the bit cutting action. The cutting rate of the reamer should be higher than
the bit cutting rate. This will avoid the BHA below the reamer to be moving
freely and creating vibrations.
• It is particularly important that shock and vibration levels are monitored during
under reaming or hole opening runs. The reamer and bit can be drilling in
different formations, creating potentially damaging shock levels. The Perform
service and real-time monitoring software such as Perform Toolkit can be of
use in actively monitoring and reducing shock and vibration levels.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Roller reamers have been shown to minimize stick slip when used in place
of string stabilizers. There is limited experience with using roller reamers
in place of the control stabilizer in cases where severe stick slip has been
experienced.

Additional information

• Consult SHTC InTouch before any run is being considered using a roller
reamer in place of a control stabilizer.

3.5.7.1 PDX5 Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations


PowerDrive X5/Xtra has the following, additional, specific considerations:

• No hole openers, under reamers or bi-center bits can be run below the
PowerDrive Xtra/X5 Bias Unit. However, there is extensive experience with
under reamers run above the PowerDrive Xtra/X5 system.
• Hydraulic reamers are often run with a nozzle. The diversion of flow through
the nozzle will reduce the flow to the tool and the bit pressure drop. This
should be accounted for at the planning stage when using PowerDrive
Xtra/X5 which requires a pressure loss between 650 psi and 750 psi.

3.5.7.2 vorteX Hole Opener and Under Reamer Considerations


There is limited experience of under reamers with vorteX. The bit will be rotating
at significantly higher speeds than the under reamer cutters. Particular care must
be taken to make sure that the cutting action of the bit and reamer are balanced.

3.5.8 vorteX Design Considerations and Constraints


It is not recommended to run PowerDrive Archer below a motor. The following
points are general guidelines for a PowerDrive vorteX configuration. You must
contact SHTC if you plan to run PowerDrive vorteX.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-30 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-30

• The RSS tool has a maximum rpm depending on the size as defined in the
Specifications. This value represents the maximum downhole rpm at which
the tool can maintain directional3-2 control. If a mud motor is being run above
the tool, the total downhole rpm is the sum of the surface string rotation and
the rotation created by the mud motor (Total rpm = ((Rev/gal) x (gal/min)) +
(Surface rpm)). This value must be less than the maximum rpm rating of
the tool.
Stick-slip can also contribute to the downhole rpm experienced by the tool. If
you are operating near the rpm limit of the tool, any acceleration of the string
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

resulting from stick-slip could lead to a loss of directional control.


Excessive stick-slip is also destructive to the BHA components and can lead
to high shock readings of the BHA.
• All Positive Displacement motors (including oil sealed bearing motors) divert
a small proportion of the mud through the bearing section. This reduces the
flow through the tool. The flow diversions should be calculated to ensure
adequate bit pressure loss and steering performance. The proportion of flow
through the bearings is not a constant figure and should be determined using
Drilling Office 4.0 SP2.1 or the hydraulics spreadsheet.

3.5.8.1 vorteX BHA design Considerations


Experience has shown that detailed planning and correct equipment selection
are critical for the success of PowerDrive vorteX operations.
All vorteX systems consist of the following components:

Component Description
PowerDrive RSS Tool The RSS Tool (Xceed, PDX5, PDX5R, or PowerV) steers the drill
bit while rotating continuously.
Downhole Filter A pin-down filter sub has been designed specifically for running
Assembly between the motor and PowerDrive. It prevents debris from
plugging the PowerDrive tool. This sub is available with a threaded
housing for a left-hand sleeve stabilizer.
Angular Contact Bearing The motors used with the PowerDrive vorteX service incorporate
Assembly new generation mud-lubricated angular contact bearings, in which
a portion of the drilling fluid flow is diverted through the motor
bearings for cooling and lubrication.
Bearing housings are available with a threaded housing for a
right-hand sleeve stabilizer, slick or with an integral blade stabilizer.
The drive shaft is a pin-down design that connects to the top
of the Filter Sub, but it can also be connected directly onto the
PowerDrive. The pin down has a recess that accommodates the
float valve of the PowerDrive Control Unit.

3-2. Or vertical in the case of PowerV.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-31 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-31

Straight Transmission All motors to be placed above a Rotary Steerable System are to be
Housing assembled with a straight transmission housing. Note that even
an adjustable bend set at 0° will have a small offset. The straight
transmission minimizes damaging vibrations caused by a rotating
bend housing assembly, and reduces the number of connections
in the BHA.
Transmission housings are available as a Threaded housing to
accept a left-hand sleeve stabilizer. This gives multiple stabilization
options that are targeted at providing flexibility to the Field users,
and should be customized to achieve desired Build Up Rates
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

(BUR) and BHA stabilization.


The motors used with the PowerDrive vorteX service incorporate
a new generation transmission assembly.
High Torque Power The power sections selected for use with Rotary Steerable Systems
Section are of the GT (Greater Torque) type, that provide the highest torque
output at low to medium rotational speeds (less than 200 rpm at
maximum flow rate). Care should be taken to make sure that the
speed from the surface combined to the motor speed does not
exceed the absolute PowerDrive Xtra/X5 or Xceed specifications.
Motor Catcher The motor catcher is designed to help retrieve the lower BHA in
the event that the motor parts at the stator adaptor.

3.5.8.2 Power Section Considerations

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

If severe drilling conditions are expected then consider the use of a flex sub
above the motor power section.

• A float valve may have to be used inside the top sub above the motor stator
instead of placing it in the Control Unit. Discuss this option with the client.
• Check for compatibility between the top sub connection and the rig BHA
connections.
• Run only the power section configuration that has been specified for the
considered PowerDrive vorteX tool.
• Check what type of mud will be used. Obtain an estimate for the sand and
solid contents, as well as oil/water ratio for oil based drilling fluids.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-32 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-32

• Obtain a good estimate for the circulating temperature. Follow the


Rotor/Stator interference recommendations for expected downhole
temperatures available from the PowerFit software. Typically oversized
stators will be needed for wells with circulating temperatures above 200
degF (90 degC).
• Mud elastomer compatibility tests are required for every new type of mud.
Refer to DDT-TIR074.
• Check flow limitations for the power section and consider a rotor nozzle.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Note
Many motors can be configured to include a motor catcher. The motor
catcher is designed to help retrieve the lower BHA in the event the motor
parts at the stator adaptor. Specify both the rotor catcher requirement and
the nozzle size to be included. Blank rotor nozzles are available as regular,
cone-cylindrical or cone-hex type. Refer to the PowerPak Maintenance
Manual, Section 10, for nozzle part numbers and description of the procedure
to change the rotor nozzle.

3.5.8.3 Bearing Section


If a threaded housing is to be run slick, ensure there is a thread-protector sleeve.

For most motor sizes there is a choice between 3 blade spiral or 5 blade straight
stabilizer sleeves. Ensure that PowerDrive vorteX motors are run with spiral
blades, in order to reduce vibration while rotating and provide more consistent
directional performance in rotary mode.

3.5.8.4 Downhole Filter


The downhole filter for PowerDrive vorteX is designed to be emptied on the rig
floor. A second spare basket should be sent with the equipment to the rig to allow
the rig crew to empty and clean one basket while the other is running back in hole.

3.6 Operational Considerations

3.6.1 Drilling Blind (No E-Mag Link) Overview


When drilling with a hole opener, reamer, or mud motor between the RSS tool
and the MWD tool, real-time communication with the RSS tool is not possible.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-33 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-33

Without real-time communication the tool steering response and well trajectory
are monitored using the MWD continuous surveys.

Note
Although downlink commands can be sent to the tool, and the tool would
receive3-3 such commands, there would not be any verification that the tool has
indeed accepted the commands, as there is no real-time communication.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.6.2 How Magnetic Interference Affects the Tool


High levels of magnetic interference may affect the ability of the control unit to
maintain both a requested magnetic toolface (MTF) as well as the demanded
rotation rate during the neutral periods of the drill cycle.

Magnetic interference may therefore affect the tools operation during:

• Shallow Hole Test: control of MTF and 16 rpm neutral rotation rate.
• Kick off from vertical using MTF when exiting casing.

3.6.3 How Downhole Shock Affects the Tool


Too much shock and vibration can be destructive to all BHA components, and
needs to be actively managed to avoid costly tool damage or, in extreme cases,
parts left in hole. All well planning must include a plan to deal with high shocks
and stick-slip.

If experience from offset wells shows that high shocks and vibration are likely to
be a problem, consult the Client at an early stage. Create a clear action plan
before the job begins, with agreement on the actions to be taken if shocks
become excessive. There will be some occasions where excessive shocks can
never be completely eliminated, and the best option may be to trip out of hole.
Extreme shocks can damage all BHA components including MWD/LWD tools,
bits, stabilizers, collars and BHA rotary shouldered connections.

Shocks off bottom are of equal importance, and must be managed in the same
way as drilling shocks. Shock and vibration management should be promoted as
good drilling practice, as well as a means to make sure that the tool operates in
the most favorable environment.

The following InTouch content provides useful information relating to shock and
vibration management:

3-3. Not in the case of PowerV.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-34 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-34

• InTouch content ID 3892115 – D&M Operational Management Guidelines —


Service Delivery (Section 9 - Drilling Environment Management)
• InTouch content ID 3844976 – PDT-TIR033 PowerDrive Xtra In Extreme
Shocks
• InTouch content ID 3972370 – Shock and Vibration posters.
• InTouch content ID 3934833 – DNM-TIR_012 Shock and Vibration
• InTouch content ID 3334676 – Shock and Vibration TBT (Sophia # 4OC380)
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• InTouch content ID 3881445 – Rolling Shock Videos

Active management of shocks and vibration requires that the problem be


recognized, and then the appropriate action taken.

All MWD and LWD tools must be configured with the minimum mandatory shock
variables (Refer to D&M Operational Management Guidelines). Additionally, the
MWD frame should include a stick-slip variable.

At this time, PowerDrive Xceed has no shock sensor, and so the readings from
the nearest MWD/LWD should be used.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Process
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Preventive measures should be initiated whenever a change in the background


shock risk level is indicated.

Low level shocks, risk level 1, over a long period of time can be as dangerous to
the tool as high level shocks, risk level 2 over a short period of time. Therefore,
when shocks are between 0.5 and 5 cps > 50 G, monitor the length of time at
that risk level. If the shock risk level reaches level 3, 50 cps > 50 G, immediate
action is required.

The MWD tool will not see all of the shock being experienced by the tool. The
D&M crew should also be aware of other indicators of downhole shock and
vibration. Under excessive stick-slip conditions, the rig’s top drive will often be
heard to strain, as the surface rpm and torque exhibits low frequency oscillations.
ROP can be seen to drop in some severe cases of stick-slip.

When the prescribed shock levels are exceeded, the D&M crew need to inform
the client and make sure that action is take as soon as possible.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-35 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-35

The first step in management of the downhole shock and vibration environment is
to change the surface drilling parameters. Often a fine balance between surface
rpm and WOB will be required to reduce the shock levels. Ideally changes to
rpm and WOB can be made whilst the bit is still on bottom but often the bit needs
to be picked off bottom and the surface rpm reduced to zero to dissipate all
the energy from the system. The new drilling parameters can then be selected
and drilling resumed.

General definitions are as follows:


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Term Definition
Stick-slip Occurs at high WOB and low rpm.
To reduce stick-slip lower the WOB and increase rpm.
Forward BHA whirl To reduce forward whirl, increase the WOB.
Backward BHA whirl To reduce backward whirl, decrease the WOB and lower the rpm.

Note: Mud motor above the tool


When Drilling with a mud motor above the tool, the shocks seen at the MWD
will often be a small fraction of what may be happening at the bit and the tool.
Interpretation is very difficult, if not impossible, in these cases.

The D&M crew should also be aware of other indicators of downhole shock
and vibration. Under excessive stick-slip conditions the rig’s top drive will
sometimes be heard to strain as the surface rpm and torque exhibits low
frequency oscillations. Rate of penetration can be seen to drop in some severe
cases of stick-slip.

3.7 Combination with Other Tools

3.7.1 Mechanical Compatibility


The tool is designed to be compatible with other drill components. The following
are a few minor compatibility requirements:

• The tool must be run complete. The bit must be directly connected to the
Bias Unit with the Control Unit.
• If you run the real-time E-Mag link, the Receiver must be placed above the
Control Collar, within 3 ft. The E-Mag Link has the LTB wet connector at the
top and is designed to connect with other MWD / LWD tools. These must be
equipped with a suitable lower LTB connector.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-36 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-36

• The tool must be run with a Float Valve fitted above the Control Unit to
prevent damage to the Bias Unit seals. There is provision for fitting a Float
Valve between the E-Mag Link Transmitter and Receiver.
• If you run a RSS tool below a motor (PowerDrive vorteX) a straight housing
should be used. Having an adjustable bent housing, even if set to zero
degrees, puts an offset in the motor which can cause vibrations in the BHA.

3.7.2 Electrical Compatibility


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The tool is electrically isolated from any other part of the drill string. The tool
relies on the mud flow to turn the Impellers and generate electrical power for
the electronics within the Control Unit.

EMC radiation or susceptibility problems are negligible due to the screening of


the complete Control Unit within the Pressure Housing.

3.8 Surface Equipment Preparation

3.8.1 Surface Equipment Checks


Before equipment is sent to the wellsite the following checks must be made:

• The individual components of the system should be tested. Software


versions, upgrade status, should be noted and recorded on the OST sheet as
per the Maintenance manual.
• Serial numbers used for tool tracking are recorded in RMS
• The completeness and condition of all cable sets and interconnects must
be checked.
• The entire system must be assembled and checked as detailed in the
Equipment Setup chapter.

3.8.1.1 Surface System Documentation


The following documentation is required at the wellsite.

Table 3-2: Surface System Documentation

Manuals InTouch ID
IDEAL Hardware Field Reference Manual (FRM) InTouch content ID 3300415
IDEAL Software FRM InTouch content ID 3300415

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-37 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-37

Manuals InTouch ID
MaxWell reference page InTouch content ID 4492989
Drilling Office https://www.houston.nam.slb.com/dr
ill_prod/drill_office/do40/
PowerPulse ORM InTouch content ID 3035887
RSS Tool ORM (e.g Xceed, X5) Look on Tool Reference page in
InTouch
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.8.1.2 Surface Sensors Required


The minimum surface sensors required to run a job are :

• Depth PDA-AB or (HCA-A Heave Compensation Assembly for floating rigs


only).
• Hookload (CLT-CA or later if available)
• SPT (PowerPulse SPT ideally 2) (doubles as Stand pipe pressure)
• Pump Strokes Counters (minimum 2).

Additional surface sensors may be required depending on the Service run. If


running Perform and/or NDS, the following sensors would be required:

• Surface torque
• Surface rpm
• Standpipe pressure.

3.8.1.3 Surface Cabling Checks


Connection between the tool and the SPM computer system requires the
following items;

Table 3-3: PowerDrive/ToolScope Hardware

Part Number Description Quantity


S-297974 Ideal Workstation 1
S-297952 Viewsonic Monitor 1
S-286407 EIA-232 Cable 1
S-286410 TSIM-AB Assembly 1
S-400152 Read Out Port 1
A4833 PowerDrive Surface Equipment Adapter 1

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-38 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-38

Part Number Description Quantity


S-286404 Toolscope Extension Cable (50ft) 1
S-286206 Toolscope Extension Cable (100ft) 1

HSPM is required software for ToolScope — check InTouchSupport.com for


the latest version.

Rigsite Toolkit Checklist


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3.8.1.4

Table 3-4: Rigsite Toolkit Contents

Part Number Description12 Quantity


515-669 Toolbox 1
A5277 ROP removal tool consists of two parts (D5275 and D5276). 1
Enables the removal of the antenna service plug.
8846 Torque wrench (70-330 N.m) 1
8943 Ratchet handle wrench (½ in drive) 1
8933 24 mm Hexagonal socket 2
9397 20 mm Hexagonal socket 2
8177 Circlip pliers 1
8834 12 in Steel rule 1
8835 7.5 m Tape measure 1
8873 ½ lb. Ball-peen hammer 1
8941 Small pin punch set 1
9402 Modified screwdriver (lock-ring removal) 2
D1998 High-side tool (CU Muleshoe angle) 1
9392 Digital stopwatch 2
8021 Silicon grease (tube) 1
8178 Small Circlip Pliers 1
8849 10 mm AF Hex Key to ½ in SQ Drive 1
8907 60 N.M Torque Wrench 1
1
Part numbers are from the current SHPC manufacturing parts list at the time of writing.
2
Non-SHPC part numbers are only used where an SHPC part number is not available.

The following tools are also required but are most probably in the MWD/LWD
tool box:

Table 3-5: Other Tools

Part Number12 Description Quantity


12 in OD Caliper 1

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-39 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-39

Part Number12 Description Quantity


12 in ID Caliper 1
9390 Flashlight 1
9389 Multimeter 1
S-274891 Extender Gauges 1
8 mm hex drive key for 475 stator 1
Torque Wrench 1
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1
Part numbers are from the current SHPC manufacturing parts list at the time of writing.
2
Non-SHPC part numbers are only used where a SHPC part number is not available.

3.9 Downhole Equipment Preparation

3.9.1 Typical Downhole Equipment List


The minimum downhole equipment supplied to a job will be dependant on the
service being run and the contract agreed with the client. Table Table 3-6
provides the typical minimum requirements for a PD675 run with real-time
communications.

Table 3-6: Downhole Equipment Checklist (Minimum)

Description Quantity
Bias unit + Extension sub 2
Control unit – with mule-shoes and anchor bolts 2
Control collar 2
E-Mag Receiver assembly 2
Stabilizer or IBS Sleeve – bored for float when available 2
Flex joint (in line flex extender as applicable) 1
Float valve assembly 2
Crossover (pin/box) 1
1
Crossover (pin/pin) 1
1
When using mud motor with pin down drive shaft and filter sub

3.9.2 Real-Time Clock Battery Servicing


A lithium thionyl chloride battery is fitted within the Real-Time Clock (RTC) in the
tool. You must replace the RTC battery at regular four month intervals (see
PowerDrive X5 Specifications Manual InTouch content ID 4459353 for more
information).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-40 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-40

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Information
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Failure to replace the RTC battery will result in the following:

• At each power down the tool will not store the last successful Downlink
setting. The tool will revert to the default setting programmed in the System
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Control Block. As a result the Directional Driller would need to re-downlink


to the tool with the desired setting.
• Data recording will fail due to the clock reset. Thus post job Control Unit
log analysis is not possible.

3.9.3 PDX5 Real Time (Basket) Test Procedure


Scope

For applications where real time communications between the control unit and
MWD are to be used, a “Basket Test” of the tool string should be made after the
final OST. The test involves the connecting of the M/LWD tools to the E-Mag
receiver and powering the control unit externally to transmit data.

Objective

The objective of the test is to connect the string, as it will be run at the rigsite
and ensure that all tools pass information correctly and the demodulated data is
valid. It serves as a check for connection compatibility, extender configurations
and the MWD frame that will be used.

Note
The R&M shop would normally complete the Basket Test - it is recommended
that the engineers responsible for the job be present for the test. Due to the
requirements of connecting and powering the tools, basket tests are not practical
at the rigsite location.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-41 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-41

Safety Precautions

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Electrical, Machinery equipment hand tools

• Some of the power supplies used in this test are able to supply high voltage
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

and high current. Proceed with caution. Ensure all supplies are turned off
until instructed to turn them on.
• Familiarize yourself with test procedures for the tools which are involved in
the Basket Test. Detailed instructions for powering up and testing the tools
can be found in the appropriate Maintenance Manual or ORM for the tool.
• The Shorthop Test Box is not intrinsically safe. Its use on the rigsite is highly
discouraged.
If it must be done, ensure operations is within a safe zone. Conduct HARC
risk assessment and obtain necessary hot permits in order to carry out
such a test.

Prerequisites

The following table lists the equipment that may be required for the final basket
test:

Table 3-7: Parts Required for Real Time Basket Test

Part Number Description


S-276634 LTB Communication Cable (Male)
S-276635 LTB Communication Cable (Female)
S-271153 Sorenson (HV power supply for PowerPulse)
A3987 Shorthop Test Box
A4804 Control Cable, Shorthop Test Unit
N/A 24V power supply for LWD tools
S-261606 PowerPulse ROP Probe
S-269142 IMPulse ROP Probe
S-271185 (cable) M10-485 CONV. CABLE ASSY. (this includes the M10 HV Cable)
S-264262 HSPM Machine

All tools should have successfully completed their individual OST tests prior to
being used in the Basket Test. The MWD tool should be programmed with the
correct real-time data prior to starting the Basket Test.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-42 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-42

For the purpose of this procedure, it is assumed that the tool string to be run
comprises the X5 control unit, E-Mag Receiver and PowerPulse. If IMPulse or
further LWD tools were to be run between Receiver and MWD, then additional
checks would be required. All tools would need to be connected in a chain and a
good grounding between collar masses established.

PowerPulse to E-Mag Receiver Configuration Procedure

Configuration of the PowerPulse to the E-Mag Receiver:


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1. The MWD should be programmed with the correct frame configuration. Refer
to the MWD ORM and section for further details on programming and section
for available PowerDrive D-points
2. Lay the tools that will be run in the planned order. Ensure that the crossover
connections are compatible.
3. Connect the LTB-1 of the E-Mag receiver to the LTB-1 of the MWD. Apply a
small dab of DC-111 to the male wet-stabs before connecting.
4. Connection may be made using either:

• The LTB communications cable (S-277634) between the MWD and


E-Mag. In this case a further connection between the collar masses
needs to be made to close the circuit for LTB communications.
• Connect the E-Mag receiver directly to the MWD. The has the advantage
of checking the extender lengths

5. Connect the J2 connector of the M10-485 convertor cable assembly


(S-271185) to the PowerPulse probe (S-261606) and plug the probe into the
MWD Read Out Port.
6. Configure the M10-485 convertor cable assembly (S-271185) by plugging
the DB9 connector into the selected com port of the SPM. Confirm that the
rocker switch is OFF and plug the AC adaptor into a 100 Voutlet.
7. Connect a high voltage power supply (Sorenson) to the PowerPulse to drive
the modulator using the HV cable.

PowerDrive X5 Control Unit Configuration Procedure

Configuration of the PowerDrive X5 Control Unit:

1. The Control Unit should be programmed with the appropriate SCB for the job.
2. The test may be carried out with the tool either in or out of the collar. The
Bias Unit is not required for the real time basket test.
3. Remove the Read Out Port from the top of the control unit antenna.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-43 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-43

4. Ensure that the power supply to the test box is turned OFF
5. Using the Short Hop Test Box (A3987), connect cable (A4804) from the test
box to the control unit.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 3-18: Shorthop Test Box (A3987)

6. Set the switches to the front of the test box to the following

a. Comm Select = CU
b. Tx Power = Either, not applicable to test
c. Select UUT = CU
d. CU Mode = Downhole
e. CU Power = OFF
f. System = OFF
7. Ensure that the control unit is placed directly in line with the E-Mag Receiver,
with the antennas placed as close as possible.
Due to the requirement to power the tool through the Read Out Port, it is not
possible to directly connect the collar masses.

Basket Test Procedure

Running the Basket Test:

1. Start the frame demodulation software on the SPM computer.


2. Turn on the HV supply to the PowerPulse.
The tool will initiate its survey cycle. Once this is complete (± 30 seconds),
the MWD modulator will start. The demodulated data should appear on the
frame display of the SPM computer.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-44 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-44

3. Turn on the power on the Short Hop test box by switching System to ON,
then power the tool by switching the CU Power to VOLTS (or AMPS).
Ensure that the mode switch is set to DOWNHOLE to allow power up of both
the control unit and the transmit circuit for the antenna.
4. Following the tool start up and initial survey, the control unit will begin to sent
data across to the E-Mag Receiver.
5. Review the demodulated data and ensure that all transmitted values are valid.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

On successful completion of the Basket Test ensure the PowerPulse frame data
is saved to disk. Ensure the frame configuration will be available for use at the
rig site.

3.10 Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines

3.10.1 Collar Mobilization and Transportation Guidelines


Collars must be protected from damage during transportation and shipped as
follows:

• Thread protectors must be installed on all exposed ends.


• PowerDrive tools should be shipped in a basket when shipped offshore.
• Ensure that the extender plug has been installed.
• Torqued/untorqued connections must be clearly identified as such.

3.10.2 Lithium Batteries Mobilization and Transportation


Guidelines
Lithium batteries, as hazardous materials, are subjected to special shipping
requirements both in the USA and internationally. The USA conforms to
international regulations.

The procedures in DNM-TIR_013: Shipping Tools Containing Li Batts available


from InTouch ID 3965504 must be followed at all times.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
3-45 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Planning 3-45

Note
Regulations vary and must be followed. Appropriate information should be
obtained from local regulatory agencies or the local Schlumberger Drilling and
Measurement office.

In the USA refer to US Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations (49


CFR § 173.185) and IATA rules. Both may apply, depending on the carrier and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

mode of transport.

3.10.3 Shipping Documentation


All equipment shipped from the shop to the well site must be accompanied by a
shipping report with a list of the following (for asset tracking):

• File code for each component.


• Serial number for each component.
• District location number.
• Job number and location.
• Ensure that the completed Outgoing System Test sheet (with a copy of the
latest tool calibrations) is shipped with each tool.
• Complete all Hazardous Material Shipping Papers, and include a copy with
the shipment.
• Thread inspection certificates.

All paperwork, including the MSDS, Hazmat, trucker bill of lading, inspection
certificates etc., should be put on the job load out board for easy accessibility. A
duplicate of the paperwork should be sent to the wellsite by another secure route.

Other documents required at the wellsite include:

• Collar inspection sheet


• OST and master calibration sheet
• Price list and lost in hole charges
• Bit run summaries

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-i

4 Equipment Preparation
4.1 Initial Rigsite Planning and Verification _________________________ 4-1
4.1.1 Rig Site Inspection ___________________________________________ 4-1
4.1.1.1 Rig Power Requirements _________________________________ 4-1
4.1.1.2 Cable and Sensor Planning _______________________________ 4-2
4.1.1.3 Signal Pressure Transducer Planning ______________________ 4-2
4.1.1.4 Mud Type (Drilling Fluid) Verification _______________________ 4-2
4.1.1.5 BHA & Drill String Connection Compatibility ________________ 4-3
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.1.2 Client Meeting Agenda and Attendees _________________________ 4-3


4.1.3 Cell Meeting Agenda and Attendees __________________________ 4-4
4.2 Surface Equipment Setup Procedure ___________________________ 4-4
4.2.1 HSPM: Real Time Frame Configuration Setup for Gamma
Sensor ______________________________________________________ 4-6
4.3 Downhole Equipment Setup ____________________________________ 4-7
4.3.1 Float Valves Assembly and Maintenance ______________________ 4-7
4.3.1.1 PD900 Float Valve Assembly ______________________________ 4-7
4.3.1.2 PD475 Float Valve Assembly _____________________________ 4-10
4.3.1.3 Float Valve Maintenance _________________________________ 4-11
4.3.2 Performing Software Compatibility Checks ____________________ 4-12
4.3.3 Performing Collar Checks ___________________________________ 4-12
4.3.4 X5 Physical Inspection Procedure ____________________________ 4-12
4.3.4.1 Performing Connection Checks ___________________________ 4-13
4.3.4.2 Performing Bias Unit Checks _____________________________ 4-13
4.3.4.3 Performing Control Unit Rigsite Checks ___________________ 4-13
4.3.4.4 Performing PDX5 BU Flow Restrictor Checks _____________ 4-14
4.3.4.5 Performing Extender Checks _____________________________ 4-15
4.3.5 Strapping the Tool __________________________________________ 4-20
4.4 PDX5 CU Programming and Configuration ____________________ 4-21
4.4.1 Programming the Control Unit _______________________________ 4-21
4.4.1.1 Interconnections _________________________________________ 4-21
4.4.1.2 Starting ToolScope ______________________________________ 4-22
4.4.1.3 Initial Communication ____________________________________ 4-24
4.4.1.4 Using the SCB editor ____________________________________ 4-26
4.4.1.5 Opening the SCB file ____________________________________ 4-28
4.4.1.6 Navigation Parameters __________________________________ 4-29
4.4.1.7 Selecting and Fitting the Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe) 4-31
Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe) Fitting Procedure ___ 4-31
High Siding the Tool __________________________________ 4-32
4.4.1.8 Transfer the Edited/New SCB to the Tool __________________ 4-33
4.4.2 Check that the Control Loop Gains have been Reset for Downhole
Use ________________________________________________________ 4-34
4.4.2.1 Checking Logging Operations ____________________________ 4-35
4.4.3 Loading the Control Unit into the Control Collar _______________ 4-37
4.4.4 MWD Tool Frame ___________________________________________ 4-39
4.5 Motor Procedures _____________________________________________ 4-40

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-ii PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-ii

4.5.1 Filter Basket Assembly Procedure ___________________________ 4-40


4.5.2 Filter Basket Disassembly Procedure _________________________ 4-42
4.6 Checking the Wellsite Tool Kit _________________________________ 4-44
4.7 Preparation for Picking Up the Tool ___________________________ 4-44
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-1

4 Equipment Preparation none

This section describes all the tasks that need to be completed during the time
that the field engineer arrives on the rig until the equipment is ready to be picked
up and run in hole.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

The equipment will have been checked at the base before being sent to the
wellsite, but this will have been subjected to the stress of transportation and
needs thorough operational checks to make sure that service quality objectives
are met. You should also refer to the IDEAL FRM.

Quality Note
The D&M Standardization and Service Delivery should be referred to during all
stages of the job.

4.1 Initial Rigsite Planning and Verification


Proper planning prevents poor performance and enhances service quality.
Following the initial rigsite visit you should have an understanding of the job
and the location. Consult the client’s representative and toolpusher to see if
there have been any changes and prepare for the equipment setup. Report any
changes to the FSM and copy the company man.

4.1.1 Rig Site Inspection


Before setting up the equipment:

• Inspect the work area assigned to you.


• Check that the unit location is suitable before everything is in place.
• Check the rig facilities before meeting the client so any problems or
requirements that might arise can be discussed.

4.1.1.1 Rig Power Requirements


The Schlumberger unit needs filtered rig power for the surface system, lights,
and A/C or heaters. 220 VAC or 440 VAC are the most common rig supplies.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-2

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Electrical

Only a qualified rig electrician should connect rig power to the unit.

4.1.1.2 Cable and Sensor Planning


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Before starting sensor and cable installation:

• decide where the sensor will be located


• decide how the sensor will be mounted
• discuss special rig requirements (heave compensation etc.) with the tool
pusher
• plan and evaluate cable runs for safety and accessibility.

Note
Many countries have safety regulations concerning the location and procedures
used to lay cables on a rig. Be sure you are familiar with these regulations
before you begin.

4.1.1.3 Signal Pressure Transducer Planning


Refer to the relevant MWD ORM for SPT placement, installation and setup.

4.1.1.4 Mud Type (Drilling Fluid) Verification


Verify important information concerning the mud being used, including:

• Solids and sand content (erosion)


• Gas and H2S contamination (HSE, corrosion)
• LCM type in use (tool jamming).

Refer to the Specifications manual for the tool size being used for limits on the
above. If any characteristics of the mud system are likely to cause problems,
discuss them with the mud engineer and the company representative.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-3

Note
The tool is not designed to operate with silicate mud.

4.1.1.5 BHA & Drill String Connection Compatibility


Ensure that all connections are compatible and that suitable lift subs are
available. Refer to the Specifications manual for details of connections.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.1.2 Client Meeting Agenda and Attendees


When you have inspected the wellsite and are ready to rig up, hold a meeting
with the client and the contractor’s representatives. Let the client know what you
will be doing, how long it will take, and what you need, if anything.

People who should attend the meeting:

• Schlumberger representative from DD, MWD and LWD (if LWD services
are being run)
• Company Man
• Tool/Tour pusher
• Geologist
• Other personnel who might be involved with our operation.

Information to be confirmed includes:

• Safety rules and emergency procedures


• Documentation, permit requirement and procedures
• Unit and equipment placement and installation
• Utility (power/water/air/drainage) availability and requirements
• Cable and sensor installation plan
• Well data (e.g. location, objectives, geometry and geology)

Note
Verify the wellhead coordinates, magnetic declination, magnetic field
parameters from Geomag, grid and total correction with the client during
this meeting.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-4

• Rig data (e.g. pumps, dampeners, rotary drive, hoisting system, drillstring
and cranes)
• Flow rate, BU and bit pressure drop

• downlinking operation / establishing RTC/FTC (avoid under and over gauge


tools)
• establish input data for SCB.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.1.3 Cell Meeting Agenda and Attendees


Following the client meeting and wellsite inspection, the entire Schlumberger
crew should attend a cell meeting to plan the wellsite equipment setup. The
objectives of this cell meeting are:

• Address any safety issues concerned with the rig up.


• Establish equipment setup objectives and timetable.
• Establish lines of communication and reporting procedures.
• Assign individual and collective areas of responsibility.

4.2 Surface Equipment Setup Procedure


Complete the following steps to set up your surface equipment:

1 Set up the surface system. This includes rigging up the unit and the
acquisition system. When everything is in place and has been tested, the
acquisition sysem must be initialized for real-time data acquisition.

Refer to the relevant surface system manuals for surface equipment setup
and guidelines.

2 If the job is to be run with a portable system, there is no specific surface


unit associated with these jobs. Refer to the documentation available for the
specific requirements of the unit being used. Some of the factors to consider
include:

• safety (hazardous zones)


• power supply
• water supply (if needed)
• location
• ventilation.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-5

3 Set up TWIS, IWIS and HSPM. HSPM initializations should be performed as


described in the IDEAL software reference manual (P-600021). Ensure that a
proper frame configuration (the same one that was programmed in the MWD
tool) is loaded in HSPM. This allows the system to recognize all RSS D-points.

4 RSS tools must be added to the BHA within IDEAL. Refer to the IDEAL
software manual (P-600021) for details. Communication with the MWD tool is
achieved through a real time link. The signal is transmitted from the MWD
to the surface system via telemetry. HSPM demodulates the signals and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

forwards the data to IDEAL. Within IDEAL, all information from the RSS tool
can be monitored using the Rotary Steerable Systems Display (RSSDisplay).

Note
Acquisition must be running and connected to HSPM before launching
RSSDisplay.

Once the screen has been set up, the user can monitor all d-points transmitted
from the RSS tool including continuous surveys (D & I), status word, settings,
toolface angle, etc. Details regarding operation of RSSDisplay are available in
the IDEAL 4-1 Software Manuals. These manuals are available at the InTouch
IDEAL Reference Page (ID 3300415).

5 All software system initializations should be done prior to the preparation of


the downhole equipment. Systems to be initialized are IDEAL, HSPM and
RSSDisplay. Tool initialization is covered in detail in section .

The tool interacts with IDEAL through an offline application called Rotary
Steerable Systems Display (RSSDisplay). With RSSDisplay, the user can
monitor channel values, accepted surveys, and toolface angle from any RSS
tool.

Note
A training module on the use of RSS Display exists at InTouch ID 3489155.

4-1. Search InTouch for the latest version of this software.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-6

6 Set up the cabling.

The Universal Cabling System (UCS) is required to support the surface


sensors for the IDEAL system.

If time allows repeat continuity and insulation checks on the UCS.

Connection between the tool and the SPM computer system is as follows,

Table 4-1: Surface Cabling


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Part No. Description From To


S-286407 RS232 cable SPM TSIM
S-286404 — 50 ft Readout Port
Toolscope extension cable TSIM
S-286216 — 300 ft Adaptor (S-400152)
Tool Surface Equipment Readout Port
A4833 Tool
Adaptor Adaptor (S-400152)

7 Set up the Surface Sensors.

4.2.1 HSPM: Real Time Frame Configuration Setup for


Gamma Sensor
To set up the RT frame, run HSPM FrameBuilder following normal procedure.
You will need to define a custom frame and save it to your frame library. The
following list identifies key settings which pertain to the PowerDrive X5 RT
Gamma.

When selecting the MWD tool, the following Tool versions are acceptable:

Tool Versions
TeleScope v9.0 or above
PowerPulse v7.0 or v8.0 d-points
IMPulse v7.0 or v8.0 d-points
SlimPulse Not supported

You will need to construct a custom frame consisting of the desired d-points
from the MWD and LWD tools. The PowerDrive X5 d-points do not exist in any
standard frames.

Under BHA tool selection; If using PowerPulse, select the SRD Rotary Steerable
tool. If using IMPulse, select the PD4 tool.

FrameBuilder: Build Menu

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-7

In the repeating frame, add the PDX5 gamma d-points as desired. There are 5
possible values, available in field mode:

d-point Description
GRAV_b Overall gamma (counts / sec).
GRDN_b Gamma counts down quadrant (counts / sec).
GRLF_b Gamma counts left quadrant (counts / sec).
GRRT_b Gamma counts right quadrant (counts / sec).
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

GRUP_b Gamma counts up quadrant (counts / sec).

Note
Any of the d-points may be selected in the frame and plotted in IDEAL. However,
in order to obtain an image, all four quadrants must be collected.

4.3 Downhole Equipment Setup

4.3.1 Float Valves Assembly and Maintenance


Use the following sections to help you correctly install and maintain the float
valves.

4.3.1.1 PD900 Float Valve Assembly


Figure 4-1 shows a close-up view of the 3 Locking Segments (D4541) and the
PEEK Retaining Ring (D4546). The body of the Float Valve fits inside the ID of
the three locking segments.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-8

Figure 4-1: PD900 Locking Segments

1 Insert the 3 Locking Segments (D4541) one at a time and slide them against
the back shoulder of the ID groove in the Collar. When the last segment is
in place it will lock all 3 in position.

2 Insert the split, PEEK Retaining Ring (D4546) into the ID groove as if it were a
Spiral Retaining Ring.

The assembly of the down hole pin of the PD9SRX-AA Short-Hop Receiver
Collar with the uphole box (6–5/8” API Reg) of the PD900 Neck Down CU Collar
traps the Float Valve assembly between the pin face and the locking segments
(D4541).

Figure 4-2 displays the assembly location of the Float Valve assembly (A4578).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-9

Figure 4-2: PD900 Float Valve Schematic

To determine which recut shim (D4580–4583) to use, measure the distance “X”
and select the correct recut shim from Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Determine Recut Shim To Use

Dimension of X Use Recut Shim


(mm)
X > 297.5 D4580
297.5 > X > 291.0 D4581

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-10

Dimension of X Use Recut Shim


(mm)
291.0 > X > 284.5 D4582
284.5 > X > 278.0 D4583

4.3.1.2 PD475 Float Valve Assembly


The Float Valve (B045807) for the PD475 is assembled in the top of the Control
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Unit (T1052586) — see Figure 4-3.

Figure 4-3: PD475 Float Valve Assembly

Complete the following steps to install the float valve:

1 Insert the Control Unit into the Collar and secure with Anchor Bolts.

2 Insert the Float Valve Seat (T1052546) and secure with Anchor Bolts.

3 Insert the Float Valve Spacer into the Collar and push up against the Float
Valve seat. Use the correct Spacer depending on the number of recuts that
the Collar has had — see Table 4-3:

Table 4-3: Spacer Selection Criteria

No. of Spacer Part No.


Recuts
0 T1052572
1 T1052571
2 T1052570
3 T1052569

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-11

4 Apply rubber lubricant to the rubber seals on the Float Valve (B045807).

5 Insert the Float Valve (B045807) into the Collar and ensure that the Flapper is
able to let mud flow down to the Bias Unit.

6 Push the Float Valve up against the Float Valve Spacer.

4.3.1.3 Float Valve Maintenance


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Correct maintenance of the Float Valves is critical to ensure reliability in operation.


Float Valves should be removed from Collars and inspected after each run.

Rubber components should be replaced, while pins and flappers need to be


checked for wear or excessive play and replaced as necessary.

Repair parts are available as a kit or individually — refer to Table 4-4 and Table
4-5 for the individual part numbers.

Table 4-4: PD675 Repair Kit (100290841) Rev AB

Part No. Rev. Description Qty.


100218249 AA Float Valve Hinge Pin PD675 1
100246486 AA Circlip SH-25 BeCu 1
100268397 AA Seal Retaining Ring, Float Valve Assy, 1
PD675
100268398 AA Flapper Valve, Float Valve Assy, PD675 1
100268399 AA Spring, Float Valve Assy, PD675 1
100268402 AA Valve Seal, Float Valve Assy, PD675 1
B043999 AA O-ring 66.04 ID x 5.34 THK Viton 2

Table 4-5: PD900 Repair Kit (100290842)

Part No. Rev. Description Qty.


100218248 AA Float Valve Hinge Pin PD900 1
100246487 AA Circlip SH-25 BeCu 1
100162163 AA Seal Retaining Ring, Float Valve Assy, PD900 1
100162165 AA Flapper Valve, Float Valve Assy, PD900 1
100290828 AA Spring, Float Valve Assy, PD900 1
100290827 AA Valve Seal, Float Valve Assy, PD900 1
B044703 AB O-ring 79.0 ID x 5.0 Viton 75 2

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-12 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-12

Note
Refer to InTouch ID 4242017 for information on the Float Valve Assembly and
Repair Kit.

4.3.2 Performing Software Compatibility Checks


Before any connection is made to the tool, make sure that all the software used
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

is compatible and is of the appropriate revision.

Check InTouch content ID 3905133 to make sure that the newest versions of
software are installed in the tool.

4.3.3 Performing Collar Checks


The following checks should be made on the Collar:

• Review inspection certificates for all tools.


• Check the Upper Stabilizer for type and gauge, and confirm it is torqued up.

4.3.4 X5 Physical Inspection Procedure

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Never run a tool in the hole if any mechanical problems are found. Rough drilling
conditions can stress even the smallest flaw to the point of failure, resulting in a
twist-off, mud-invaded tools, washouts, and junk in the hole.
If a problem is found, use another tool.

1 Before the tool is run in the hole, perform a thorough inspection of the
mechanical parts. Visual inspection of all mechanical parts. Make up lift subs
as required. Any defect or flaw that is found must be corrected or another
tool must be used.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-13 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-13

2 Perform checks on all the connections as follows:

• Clean and inspect all Collar connections on the tool.


• Check the face of the Bit box connection and the top box connection for
galling, scratching and cracking.
• If a crack is suspected, do not run the tool in hole. Pick up a spare tool.

Performing Connection Checks


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.3.4.1

The following checks should be made on the connections:

• Clean and inspect all collar connections on the tool.


• Check the face of the bit box connection and the top box connection for
galling, scratching, and cracking.
• If a crack is suspected, do not run the tool in the hole, pick up a spare.

4.3.4.2 Performing Bias Unit Checks


The Bias Unit can be visually checked only. Check that all hardware is secure
and that no fasteners (bolts) are missing.

If a flow restrictor is to be used, check the ID of the bit box for damage and/or
erosion, pay particular attention to the thread connection. It is advisable to apply
a small amount of grease to the area to assist in the insertion of the flow restrictor
and prevent damage to the O-rings.

4.3.4.3 Performing Control Unit Rigsite Checks


When a Control Unit has been sent out as an individual unit in its dedicated carry
case, it should be carefully checked for evidence of damage.

1. Look for damage to the CU carry case, which may suggest that the unit had
been dropped during transit.
Also check that the case seals are intact, preventing the ingress of water.
2. Check for the presence of the CU Test Data Sheet.
Ensure that stated flow rates are suitable for the job.
3. Locate support pack containing Muleshoes, roll pins, anchor bolts and O-ring
seals.
4. Check that the impellers are free to rotate on their housings.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-14 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-14

5. Check for evidence of oil leakage from the hanger bearings.


6. Check that the hangers rotate freely without any binding or excessive play.

4.3.4.4 Performing PDX5 BU Flow Restrictor Checks


The Flow Restrictor must be checked to ensure that the correct nozzle has been
selected and that the assembly of the unit is correct. Refer to the following
resources:
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Check the correct nozzle — see (p. 3-26).


• Flow Restrictor kits — see (p. B-2).
• Assembly schematics — see (p. B-6).

Assembly of the Flow Restrictor is dependent on the size of the body: the 475
and 675 assemblies (4 ½ Reg & 6 ⅝ Reg) all use a standard nozzle holder
which is inserted from the base of the body and hand-tightened. The 900 and
1100 assemblies require the nozzle to be fitted to the top of the body and a
lock-nut is then torqued down to secure. The PD825 units use the standard
PD900 Flow Restrictors.

• Ensure that the nozzle O-ring has been fitted inside the restrictor body.
• All nozzles must be fitted in the correct orientation as shown in the assembly
schematics.
• The nozzle retainers for the PD475 and PD675 assemblies must only be
hand-tightened. Over tightening may cause cracking which in turn can lead
to the nozzle coming loose while downhole.
• Ensure that the two O-rings on the OD of the body are in place and
undamaged.
• Both the Flow Restrictor and the bit should be in place when carrying out the
SHT – this is to verify the nozzle selections made.
• The fishing diagrams should clearly record that a Flow Restrictor has been
fitted to the Bias Unit.
• A Flow Restrictor will not reduce the total pressure drop in the string, but
reduces the pressure drop seen at the bit. The pressure drop across the Bias
Unit should remain in the range of 600 to 800 psi.
• The additional pressure provided for the pads must be included when
calculating the total string hydraulics.
• A pulling tool will be required to remove the flow restrictor from the Bias Unit –
this consists of a size specific key, which locates into the J-slot arrangement
in the restrictor body, a slide hammer is then connected to facilitate removal.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-15 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-15

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Process
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools, Potential energy

The Flow Restrictor should only be inserted into the base of the Bias Unit just
prior to connecting the bit. It should not be inserted prior to shipping from the
R&M base or on the deck as there is a risk of the assembly falling out during
overhead manoeuvres or while running the tool into the rotary table.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.3.4.5 Performing Extender Checks


These extender checks should be carried out for those used in the RSS tool as
well as the uphole connection mating to the RSS tool.

Refer to the Maintenance Manual for details on LTB extender maintenance.


Also, the Extender UOP (InTouch 3965697) contains operational information
on extenders.

General Extender Checks

To ensure the extender is prepared for operations do/confirm the following:

1. The extender is torqued to the correct value as per Table 4-6 below.

Table 4-6: Extender Torques

Extender Torque (ft.lbf)


MEXD
MXLD
100
EXTF
EXTM
RTLM 50

2. Any saver or crossover subs should be in place to obtain correct distance


values.
3. Perform distance checks as per Box Connection Extender Checks (p. 4-17)
or Pin Connection Extender Checks (p. 4-18) below.

• If tolerances are in check, proceed with additional checks that follow.


• If tolerances are out, you can adjust the extenders onsite as per steps in
the Extender UOP or run the backup tool. This should be discussed with
your FSM and/or R&M staff to decide on the appropriate course of action.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-16 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-16

4. The LTB connector inside the extender is clean and the connection is free of
any debris.
5. Continuity Checks — With all power disconnected from the tool, use a
volt-ohm meter to check the resistance of the following:

• between LTB-1 (power) to collar mass (ground) for each extender.


• between LTB-1 to LTB-1 on each extender for the Flex Collar.
The resistance should be less than one ohm.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Place the probe from the meter on LTB-1, which is the gold band connector
on the wet stab itself. The expected results are tabulated in Table 4-7 below.

Table 4-7: Continuity Checks

Resistance (ohm)1
Extender
LTB-1 to collar LTB-1 to LTB-1
MEXD
infinite2 N/A
MXLD
EXTF-AA
EXTF-BA
EXTF-CA
infinite2 < 1
EXTM-FA
EXTM-DA
EXTM-HA
RTLM-BD
EXTM-BB infinite2 N/A
EXTM-CB
1
N/A = Not Applicable
2
First you will notice about 20 to 30 kohms as some capacitors charge, then it will quickly go to open circuit (or
infinite, expect ± 4.5 MOhms), when measured with a Fluke 87 111 meter.

6. Capacitance Checks — With all power disconnected from the tool, use a
volt-ohm meter to check the capacitance between LTB-1 (power) to collar
mass (ground). Place a probe from the meter on LTB-1, which is the gold
band connector on the wet stab itself. Place the other probe onto the collar
mass. Using a Fluke 87 111 meter, the capacitance reading should be

Table 4-8: Capacitance Checks

Extender Capacitance (microF)


MEXD
0.8 to 1.2
MXLD

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-17 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-17

Extender Capacitance (microF)


EXTF-AA
EXTF-BA
EXTF-CA
0 (zero)
EXTM-FA
EXTM-DA
EXTM-HA
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

RTLM-BD
EXTM-BB 180 to 220
EXTM-CB

Tip
With some volt-ohm meters, the capacitance can be measured only in one
direction. If your capacitance reads open, make sure to switch the probes
(the one that was on the extender should go on the collar and vice-versa),
and perform the measurement again.

7. Insulation Checks — With a meg-ohm meter set at 500 V, check the


insulation between LTB-1 (power) to chassis or collar mass (ground). The
insulation reading should be infinite.
8. After performing checks, replace the protective cap on the end of the
extender. If a protective cap is not available, cover the end of the extender
with something that will keep debris and moisture out while the collar is not
being used.

Box Connection Extender Checks

1. Ensure the spring inside the extender is not compressed.


2. Verify the distance from the end of the male extender to the face of the box
connection is within the tolerance limit.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-18 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-18

C
Extender
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Sub/Collar Body

Figure 4-4: Extender Length Measurement — Box Connection

a. Use appropriate extender gauge as per Table 4-9 to determine if the


extender length is within tolerance.
b. If the extender gauge is not available, place a straight edge across the
box end and with a vernier caliper measure dimension C.
c. See Table 4-9 for the tolerances. If dimension C is out of specification,
consult FSM and/or R&M Staff as to whether to adjust existing extender
or run backup tool.

Tip
When using the Vernier Caliper and Straight Edge method on a box
connection, the thickness of the straight edge/ruler must be subtracted from
the overall measurement.

3. Apply a small dab of DC-111 silicon grease to the tip of the LTB wet stab
connector for lubrication.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Do NOT use any petroleum-based lubricants (such as Lubriplate and


WD-40), which will cause swelling of rubber around the LTB connector.

Pin Connection Extender Checks

1. For the female extender, verify the distance from the shoulder of the wire
tube (RTLM) or the end of the extender (EXTM) to the shoulder of the pin
connection is within the tolerance limits. See Figure 4-5 below.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-19 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-19

C RTLM

A
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

B
Extender

Sub/Collar Body

Figure 4-5: Extender Length Measurement — Pin

a. Use appropriate extender gauge as per Table 4-9 to determine if the


extender length is within tolerance.
b. If the extender gauge is not available, place a straight edge across the
pin end and with a vernier caliper:

i. Measure dimension A (distance from the end of the pin to the face
seal of the collar)
ii. Measure dimension B

• B for RTLM is the distance from the end of the pin to the shoulder
of the wire tube, just behind the head.
• B for EXTM is the distance from the end of the pin to the end of
the extender.

iii. Calculate dimension C = A - B.


See Table 4-9 for the tolerances. If dimension C is out of specification,
consult FSM and/or R&M Staff as to whether to adjust existing
extender or run backup tool.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-20 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-20

Tip
When using the Vernier Caliper and Straight Edge method on a pin
connection, do not subtract the thickness of the straight edge/ruler as it will
be cancelled out when the calculation in Step 1.b.iii (p. 4-19) is made.

Extender Length Tolerances and Extender Gauges


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Table 4-9: Extender Length Tolerances and Extender Gauges

Extender C (in) Extender Gauge


MEXD
MXLD 3.417 ± 0.060 S-276640
EXTF
EXTM 1.678 ± 0.060 S-277641
RTLM 1.25 ± 0.060 S-289056

4.3.5 Strapping the Tool


When the tool has been inspected, every component that will be used in the
BHA must be strapped and a fishing diagram made for the driller. Important
measurements to include in this diagram are:

• Length of each sub.


• ID and OD of all subs.
• ID and OD of the tool at the connections.
• Minimum ID of the tool bore.
• OD and location of upsets (flex, sleeve, and stabilizers) on the tool.
• Fishing neck of the tool (if applicable).
• Distance from top connection to first obstruction inside the tool.
• Size and type of every connection.
• Torque specification and tolerance for each component.
• If a flow restrictor or float valve is used, this must be clearly annotated with its
physical location in the BHA.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-21 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-21

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

It is not possible to pass solid objects through the tool. The ID is blocked by the
impeller blades of the turbine alternator.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Quality Note
The fishing diagram supplied to the client must be actual measured
dimensions. For nominal dimensions, see the Fishing diagrams provided in the
Specifications manual.

4.4 PDX5 CU Programming and Configuration

4.4.1 Programming the Control Unit

4.4.1.1 Interconnections
The system connections and cables are shown in Figure 4-6.

Toolscope extension cable


50ft = S-286404
100ft = S286216

RS232
LINK TSIM – AB Assembly Read Out Por
S- 286410 S-400152

EIA-232 cable Powerdrive Surface


S-286407 Cable Adapter
Ideal Workstation
A4833
S-297974
+
Viewsonic Monitor SET TSIM FRONT PANEL SWITC
HES TO RS232 &
S-297952 LOOPBACK MODES

Figure 4-6: PowerDrive / ToolScope Configuration

The TSIM unit provides power and communication lines to the tool (as before,
on different cores of the same cable) and sends and receives data to/from the
HSPM via an RS232 interface (low speed communication, selected via COM1 or
COM2 option on TSIM).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-22 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-22

Using the TSIM system, a communication cable is connected from the back of
the TSIM unit and run towards the tool. At the tool end of the cable there are two
adapter cables needed for the PowerDrive tool. The first is a ‘personality adapter’
identical to the one used in LWD for the CDR tool. The second is used to connect
directly to the tool and is called the ‘pipe bomb’ (Surface Cable Adapter, A4833).

The TSIM must be switched (via a switch on the front panel) for loop back and
RS232 (low speed) otherwise communications will not be achieved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Once the cable has been correctly inserted, enable the TSIM power and
communication lines by toggling the two rocker switches to the ON position. Both
switches have a green LED that turns on when the switch is activated.

An analogue ammeter located on the left-hand side of the TSIM can be used as
a guide to check if the TSIM is physically connected to the tool correctly. When
the two rocker switches are turned ON, the ammeter needle should briefly spike,
then settle to a tool current draw of approximately 0.15 A (150 mA).

4.4.1.2 Starting ToolScope


Start HSPM, locate the Configuration Manager and click ToolScope.

The main ToolScope window opens, see Figure 4-7.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-23 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-23

Figure 4-7: Main ToolScope Window

1. Ensure Select Tool Bus is set to SSB (Read Out Port) and that the correct
COM port is selected. Physically check where the small ‘D’-type RS232
cable coming out of the TSIM unit is connected into the back of the SPM as
there are two possible COM ports, side by side. COM1 is on the left and
COM2 on the right.
2. Click Add Run. Type in the run name and description and click OK.
3. Click Add Tool, scroll down and select PD X5 and select the appropriate
tool size from the Mfg Code window.

Note: Tool Selection — Mfg Codes and Names


For a PDX5 Control Unit, ’PDX5-475’, ’PDX5-675’, or ’PDX5-900’ must be
selected as the Mfg Code in ToolScope for proper tool programming and
operation.

Neither PD825 or PD1100 tool sizes are listed by the Manufacturing (Mfg)
code. The PDX5-900 Mfg code should be selected as a default in both cases.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-24 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-24

Gamma Ray scale factors are available in the Control Unit Maintenance
Manual.
4. Click Start ToolScope. The PowerDrive window will appear.

4.4.1.3 Initial Communication


1. From the main ToolScope screen select Communications and Terminal
Mode.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 4-8: Terminal Mode Selection

This will bring up the Terminal Mode screen.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-25 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-25

Figure 4-9: Terminal Mode Screen

2. Ensure TSIM is connected to the tool using the low speed Com Port (9–pin
connector).
3. Set the TSIM to Loop Back and Com Port.
4. Switch on the TSIM power, then switch on the tool power. The meter on the
TSIM should show a current drain of approx. 0.15 A.

Tip: Incorrect Current


If no current drain is shown on the TSIM meter check the fuse.

If a high current is shown this may indicate an electrical short. In the first
instance check for moisture in the Read-out Port.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

If you are unable to communicate with a CU then try to determine whether


the fault is with the SU or TSIM, cables, or physical damage to the
Communication Data Port. If it is none of these Internal damage to the CU
must be suspected. In this case, Do not open the CU and do not ship by
air. It must be treated as if the lithium battery has failed.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-26 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-26

5. Select Comms from the terminal mode screen. The software issue will be
reported on the screen. Check this against the loadout paperwork.
6. Select Sensor on the terminal screen. Check the displayed software issue
against that of the loadout paperwork.
7. Select Data Sizes and check if there is any data in the Comms Module.
This may be test data from the Outgoing System Test (OST) or field data if
running or re-running a Control Unit.
8. If there is data within the CU either download it or delete it depending upon
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

its origin. Select Initialize Log Memory from the terminal Mode screen,
then click to initiate process.
9. Select Test Battery. The battery voltage should be 3.48 V or higher.
10. Select Read RTC Begin. Check the date and time displayed on the screen.
If the reading does not match that of the HSPM machine date and time, click
on Get PC Date & Time. This will synchronize the time clocks of the control
unit with that of the surface computer.
11. Select Exit from the Terminal Mode screen to exit and return to the
ToolScope main window.
12. Following the communication checks and prior to programming the control
unit, it must be ensured that the correct muleshoe has been selected for the
collar length being used and that it is correctly orientated to highside.

4.4.1.4 Using the SCB editor


To standardize service quality, most Control Units are configured and
programmed using the default PDX5 SCB during the R&M process and shipped
to the rigsite in a ready-to-go state.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Information, Process
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

All PDX5 Control Units should be programmed using the latest pdx5_[major
version]_[minor version]_default.scb file. This file has been
optimized to provide a standard for the correct function of Inclination Hold,
transmission of Gamma Ray data and the logging of data within the tool’s
memory. This file is distributed within HSPM and with the software release
package. For the latest release, see InTouch content ID 3905133

The content and structure of the default PDX5 SCB is shown in Figure 4-10
and Figure 4-11. The following procedures detail the use of the SCB Editor
and describes the various parameters, using the default X5 SCB as a basis.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-27 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-27

It is not recommended to deviate from the default setups. Only the following
values should require change, which will be dependent on the tool configuration
and application:

1. Bias Unit Toolphase Shift (NAVIGATION)


2. Muleshoe Phase Angle (MECHANICAL)

System Control Block - Version number: NA Job , Run


Printed 12:55:06 Mon 4 Jan 2010
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

File B:\pdx5_cmf_v5_25\release\SCB\pdx5_v5_25_default.scb ( 10:43:14 10/03/2009 )

The Curre nt Stat us is IH Mod e

NAVIGATION
Gravity Steering is alterable (4 pulse telemetry)
16 RPM Anti-clockwise Collar Servo in Neutral period

Navigation table [ 7 * 7 ]
( Toolface degrees / proportion pairs )
Initial setting shown in bold

0/ 0 0/ 25 0/ 50 0/ 75 0/100 18/ 75 18/100


37/ 50 37/100 45/ 25 53/ 75 72/ 50 72/100 90/ 25
90/ 75 90/100 108/ 50 108/100 127/ 75 135/ 25 143/ 50
143/100 162/ 75 180/ 25 180/ 50 180/ 75 180/100 198/ 75
217/ 50 217/100 225/ 25 233/ 75 252/ 50 252/100 270/ 25
270/ 75 270/100 288/ 50 288/100 307/ 75 315/ 25 323/ 50
323/100 342/ 75 342/100 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0 0/ 0

DOWNLINK
1 secs Pulse Width at Surface (CU acceptance limits 1 to 2 secs)
85 % Pulse height threshold

MECHANICAL
0 degrees Mule shoe phase angle
120 degrees Toolface phase shift

Start up time summar y (No Telemetr y)

RPM Time (secs) Total (m:ss)

Start Mud pumps 0:00


Idle 0 30
0:30
Survey 0 90
2:00
Telemetry window 16 - steer 4
Telemetry filter delay 16 - steer 0
2:04
Drilling Cycle 16 ( Slew C-CW Collar ) 180 (repeating)

Figure 4-10: PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 1)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-28 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-28

LOGGING
200 ms Fast data sample rate
30 % Slow data partition
60 % Fast data partition
3 % Diagnostic data partition
7 % Telemetry data partition

30 secs between start and first survey


3 mins between all subsequent surveys

3 secs Survey synchronisation period


27 secs Slow log period
15 secs Fast log delay
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3 secs Fast log period

CONTROL
0 RPM Threshold high level
0 RPM Threshold low level

SERVO
0 Control for Main/Auxilary Pwm enable
( Both Normal )
0 % Main PWM
0 % Auxillary PWM

FLOW (Not part of SCB)


These values are held in the Windows Registry
490 USGPM Normal flow rate
340 USGPM Low flow rate ( in Telemetry pulses )
30 secs Falling Time Constant
30 secs Rising Time Constant

SCB ID 02

SCB Editor

Figure 4-11: PowerDrive X5 Default SCB (page 2)

4.4.1.5 Opening the SCB file


1 Select Setup> SCB Editor from the main ToolScope window.

Figure 4-12: Selecting SCB Editor

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-29 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-29

2 Within the SCB Editor window select File. There will be an option to create a
new SCB or open and edit an existing SCB.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 4-13: SCB Editor File Menu

Note
The programing sequences detailed describe the review of the default PDX5
SCB.

3 Select OPEN.

This will open the TSPDV directory that should contain the pdx5_[major
version]_[minor verion]_default.scb file.

4 Select the file and click OPEN.

5 The review should encompass:

• Navigation parameters.
• High siding of the sensor package to the drive face of the muleshoe.

4.4.1.6 Navigation Parameters


From the main SCB editor window, select Edit > Navigation. The Navigation
parameter update screen is displayed.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-30 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-30

Figure 4-14: Navigation Parameter Update Screen

It is not recommended to change the default settings, apart those that depend on
the tool configuration and application. These parameters are explained below:

Menu Item Description


Active Phase Set the tool’s initial setting, with which the tool will start drilling. To
do this, select the toolface and proportion most appropriate for
the application (typically 0/0% to provide a neutral response), and
click Validate. If no exact point exists for the selected values, the
closest point will be automatically entered.
Biasing Mode Select the reference field that the tool should use for steering —
Gravitational (GTF) or Magnetic (MTF) — appropriate.
Toolface Phase Shift The Toolface Phase Shift is dependent on the Bias Unit, and are
given in Table 4-10:

Table 4-10: Default Toolface Shift

Tool / Size Toolface shift


PowerDrive X5 Bias Unit 120 degrees
PowerDrive Xtra Bias Unit 90 degrees

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-31 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-31

4.4.1.7 Selecting and Fitting the Control Unit Connector


(Muleshoe)

Note
This procedure is normally performed at the R&M base.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Selecting the Connector Shroud

It is essential to select the correct length of muleshoe for fitting to the CU. This
is to ensure the correct alignment between the CU and the BU control shaft
during make-up of the PowerDrive BHA.

The adjustable connector shroud (also referred to as the muleshoe or Control


Unit connector) should be selected depending on the number of recuts on the
Control Collar. All muleshoes and collars can be identified by the presence of
recess rings around the body of the muleshoe and the base of the collar, ranging
from 4 rings (new collar) to 1 ring (collar has been re-cut 3 times). A 4-ring
muleshoe should be selected for use in a 4-ring collar, with a 1-ring muleshoe
being selected for use in a 1-ring collar.

Refer to the following list for part numbers of the available shrouds.

Part No. Description


100086603 Adjustable connector shroud recut 0 (4 rings)
100086651 Adjustable connector shroud recut 1 (3 rings)
100086652 Adjustable connector shroud recut 2 (2 rings)
100086653 Adjustable connector shroud recut 3 (1 ring)

Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe) Fitting Procedure

Tip: Gamma Sensors


If you are using the Gamma Ray service, fitting of the muleshoe is done during
Gamma Sensor Orientation (Procedure 100087688) as opposed to during
Loading Control Unit into Control Collar (Procedure 100267002).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-32 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-32

Note
If you are re-using a Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe), you must inspect it for
signs of wear before every run. Refer to CU inspection criteria for further details.

If there are signs of wear, a new Control Unit Connector (Muleshoe) must be
fitted before the system goes downhole.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

It is equally important to ensure that the Muleshoe is completely filled with


Molykote Long Term 2 Plus extreme pressure grease (8258) behind the shroud
membrane. Refer to Shroud Connector Assembly in Gamma Alignment
Procedure (100087688) in the CU Service Manual for the detailed procedure.

To fit the the Muleshoe:

1 Ensure the correct length Muleshoe is selected as per Selecting the


Connector Shroud (p. 4-31).

2 Lubricate the CU spindle with copper based grease.

3 Slide the Muleshoe onto the spindle, rotate to align the pinholes.

4 Insert 2 x new roll pins (8129). Tap home with a small ball-peen hammer.

High Siding the Tool

High siding of the Control Unit involves the orientation of the muleshoe drive face
to the high side position (tool lying horizontal on the bench) and measuring the
offset to the x-axis position of the D&I sensor pack.

The following steps should be followed:

1 Insert the ’High-Side’ Tool (100084193) into the muleshoe shroud. Slight
pressure may be required to displace the grease packed inside.

2 Rotate the tool ANTI-CLOCKWISE until the contact faces align - use the tool
to rotate the CU until the spirit level indicates horizontal

3 The scribe line on the muleshoe body should also confirm that the muleshoe
drive face is in the high side position.

4 From the main SCB editor window, select Edit > Mechanical. The Connector
Calibration screen is displayed.

5 Ensure that the CU is set to high side (by using the high side tool) and that
the CU is powered via the TSIM.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-33 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-33

6 Select Run from the Connector Calibration window and allow the highside
reading to stabilize in the ‘Highside Average’ box. Then select Stop.

7 Select Copy Highside to SCB to save the values in the SCB editor.

Tip
For the orientation of the Muleshoe for Gamma Ray operations, refer to
procedure 100087688 (Gamma Sensor Alignment).
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.4.1.8 Transfer the Edited/New SCB to the Tool


1 The SCB should now be complete. Select File > Save As.

2 Enter the required filename and select the directory in which to save the file.
Then select Save.

3 From the main SCB editor window, select Transfer > Write SCB to Tool
(Both Modules). A window appears confirming the SCB name and location,
showing that it is ready to be written to the tool.

Figure 4-15: SCB File Transfer Status

4 If the file is correct, select Continue to send the file to the tool. The progress
bar will eventually reach 100% and stay highlighted.

5 When 100% is achieved, select Exit to return to the main SCB editor window.
You may want to print the SCB to have a hard copy. This is useful to compare
with the SCB downloaded from the tool later.

6 The memory must be re-initialized for the new SCB file to take effect. See for
information on initializing the log memory.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-34 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-34

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets

The tool could fail dowhnhole if the memory is not re-initialized.

7 Exit the SCB Editor to return to the main ToolScope window.


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.4.2 Check that the Control Loop Gains have been Reset
for Downhole Use

Note
This information is available from PowerDrive X5 Maintenance Manual,
Procedure 100096293 – see section “Resetting the Control Loop Gains for
Downhole use”.

1. In the main ToolScope window (SHOP mode), select Diagnostics > PDX5
Calibration > Control Loop Coefficients.

Figure 4-16: Accessing the Control Loop Coefficients Screen

2. In the Control Loop Coefficients screen, check that the values are those
for downhole use.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 4-35 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-35

Figure 4-17: X5 Control Loop Coefficients for Downhole Use

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets

The collar gains shown above have been selected to prevent neutral period
PWM switching interfering with fast downlinks for PDX5–475 tools. Program all
tools with these gains, and use for both flowloop testing and drilling operations.

4.4.2.1 Checking Logging Operations


Before sending the tool downhole, perform the following checks to see that the
CU will log data.

1. Select Communications > Terminal Mode from the main ToolScope window.
2. Click on the Initialize Log Memory button to erase any data in the CU
memory.

Figure 4-18: Erase Memory Status Display

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-36 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-36

Note
The memory must always be re-initialized after loading a new SCB.

3. From the main ToolScope window, select Diagnostics > Live Data.
4. Select Start and the system will start logging. Leave it logging for several
minutes (up to 15 minutes should be sufficient).
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 4-19: Live Diagnostic Data Display

5. After logging for a few minutes, select Stop to stop logging data and OK to
return to the main ToolScope window.
6. Select Communications > Terminal Mode from the main ToolScope window.
7. Select Data Sizes and ensure data has been successfully logged.
8. If all is OK, select Initialize Log Memory to clear any logged test data.
9. Select Exit and return to the normal ToolScope window.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-37 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-37

10. The SCB loaded into the tool should be retrieved from the tool by selecting
Process > Dump memory > SCB > Comms module from the SCB Editor
window. It should be compared to the SCB initially created. The two should
be identical. Check each section.
11. Close the SCB Editor with ToolScope. Power down the TSIM, remove the
programming wand and replace the data port cover.

The Control Unit is now ready to be run downhole.


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4.4.3 Loading the Control Unit into the Control Collar

Quality Note
The following procedure should only be completed when the Control Unit has not
been fitted by the R&M facility.

Table 4-11: Hanger Bolts and O-rings Specifications

Parameters Units PD475 PD675 PD6751 PD825 PD900 PD9001


Part Number - 100192202 D1141 D1623 D4206 D4023 D42062
Description - M12 Inconel M16 BeCu Bolt M12 BeCu Bolt M16 BeCu Bolt M16 BeCu Bolt M16 BeCu Bolt
Upper Hanger
(x2) Upper Hanger Upper Hanger Upper Hanger
Where used & Lower Hanger (x1) Upper Hanger (x2) (x2) Upper Hanger
-
Quantity (x2) Lower Hanger (x1) Lower Hanger Lower Hanger (x2)
Float Valve (x2) (x2) (x2)
Seat (x2)
Length (mm) 26.0 51.8 43.3 57.6 68.6 57.6
Viton O-ring - B012075 8127 8127 8127 8127 8127
Anti-extrusion
- B027768 8128 8128 8218 8128 8128
ring
X750 Inconel
- - 100329361 100329361 100329361 100329361 100329361
Smalley Ring
Retaining Ring,
B045810 - - - - -
BeCu
D1011 D1011 D1011 D1011 D1011
Locking plates
- - D1012 D1012 D1012 D1012 D1012
(2.5)
D1013 D1013 D1013 D1013 D1013
Make-up
(N.m) 120 140 51 140 140 140
torque
Socket size 10
(mm) 24 20 24 24 24
required (AF Hex Key)
1
Short
2
Necked Control Collar (PD900CC-BA, PDSC9-AA, PDSC9-BA

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-38 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-38

1 Ensure the Muleshoe is fitted as per .

2 Slide the Control Unit into the Collar.

Observing the following:

• Ensure that the Control Unit is orientated correctly within the Collar.
The base of the Collar is identified by the presence of the re-cut rings. The
Control Unit will only bolt into the Collar in its correct orientation – due to
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

the spacing of the Hanger bolt holes.


• Do not lift the CU by the Muleshoe (excess strain on the torquer spindle),
or by the Impellers (blades edges are sharp)
• Ensure that the Impellers do not drag across the Collar threads.
• For ease of location, pre-orientate the Bearing Hangers with the Anchor
Bolt holes.

3 Prepare the Anchor Bolts with new O-rings and anti-extrusion rings. The
relevant part numbers can be found in Table 4-11.

Lubricate the O-rings with silicone grease.

4 Using torque wrench (B045924), tighten the Anchor Bolts to the required
torque as per .

5 Locate the Locking Plates into the bolt hole recesses (relevant part numbers
in Table 4-11):

• The are 3 locking plate offsets provided, these can be fitted either way up.
• If it is found that none of the locking plates will fit a particular bolt - do NOT
force it (they cannot be removed).
• Re-torque the Anchor Bolts with the torque wrench and re-try.

6 Secure the lock plates with the Circlips provided — rotate the Circlip ears to
prevent damage.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-39 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-39

7 Check the Muleshoe position, i.e. the distance between the flat of the
Muleshoe and the flat on the collar. See Figure 4-20 for expected distances.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

PD675 / PD825 / PD900 PD475

Figure 4-20: Muleshoe Distance

• PD675, PD825, PD900 & PD1100:


Where:

Part No. Description


(A) is Muleshoe internal face to collar face and should equal
60 ± 2 mm
(B) is distance from end of Muleshoe to collar face and should
equal 20 ± 2 mm

• PD475:
Where:

Part No. Description


(C) is Muleshoe internal face to end of pin connection and
should equal 110 mm ± 2 mm
(D) is distance from end of Muleshoe to pin face and should
equal 70 mm ± 2 mm

4.4.4 MWD Tool Frame


Where the realtime link between PowerDrive and MWD (PowerPulse or IMPulse)
is to be provided, the MWD tool should have been programmed correctly and
basket tested with the tool prior to shipment to the rig. If this has not been done
and the MWD needs to be programmed with the correct d-points refer to the
relevant MWD ORM for details.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-40 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-40

It is recommended that the following d-points are included as a minimum:

• INCL_b (3201) - PowerDrive Inclination


• AZIMLO_b (3216) - PowerDrive Azimuth, low resolution
• STEER_b (3206) - Steering Setting.

The following d-points will be useful in investigating jams:

• RTSTAT_b bit 6 (decimal 128): posSum saturation — tool unable to hold


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

toolface, spinning out of control


• RTSTAT_b bit 7 (decimal 256): valve seized — tool stuck in collar
• RTSTAT_b bit 11 (decimal 2048): torquer over speed > 2100 rpm
• AZIMQ_b — condition affects the lower torquer

Where Gamma Ray measurements are to be provided, the appropriate d-points


should be included based on whether average background or quadrant data
is to be provided.

Refer to section Appendix A Real-Time Data (p. A-1) for further details on
PowerDrive X5 d-points. The appropriate PDS-X5-TIR should also be referred to
for the latest PDX5 downhole software code details.

4.5 Motor Procedures

4.5.1 Filter Basket Assembly Procedure


This procedure describes how to assemble the Filter Basket Sub that is used
in PowerDrive vorteX.

1 Clean the inside bore of the filter sub. Make sure the filter basket is clear from
any debris and that every orifice of the filter basket is clear.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-41 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-41

2 Grease the internal bore of both ends of the filter sub (100041565) where the
filter basket will be seated, see Figure 4-21
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Internal Bore

Figure 4-21: Internal Bore Ends for Junk Filter Sub

3 Clean the filter basket (100041552) seal grooves.

4 Grease and fit the O-ring (M-012159) into the filter basket. Ensure that the
rubber seal is not damaged during assembly.

5 Insert the filter basket into the filter sub to ensure that the flow will be in the
direction of the arrow on the body.

6 Place the spacing sleeve on top of the basket, inside the sub. If the Filter
sub has been recut, the spacing sleeve must be recut otherwise the pin
connection will not screw into the box connection.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-42 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-42

Note
Ensure the filter basket is inserted in the correct direction and firmly seated into
the internal end face of the filter sub, see Figure 4-22.

Spacing
Collar
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Filter
Basket

Filter
Sub

Figure 4-22: Bottom Side of Junk Filter Assembly

4.5.2 Filter Basket Disassembly Procedure


This procedure describes how to disassemble the junk basket sub used in
PowerDrive vorteX.

1 Clean the filter sub with a steam cleaner to remove all the mud before starting
disassembly.

2 Carefully inspect the filter sub and record any signs of external damage.

3 If a stabilizer was used, measure and record the outer diameter of the
stabilizer with a suitable ring gauge.

4 Visually inspect the API connections and shoulders for damage.

5 If a stabilizer was used, remove the stabilizer sleeve.

6 Clean the threads and fit a thread protector sleeve hand tight.

7 Remove the Spacer Sleeve.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-43 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-43

8 Fit the extraction tool (100051142) into the two front orifices of the junk Filter
Basket, see Figure 4-23
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 4-23: Extraction Tool Assembly with Filter Basket

9 Grip on the extraction tool and carefully rotate it in the clockwise direction
securing it into the filter basket.

10 Back off the extraction tool to expose the filter basket completely out of the
filter sub.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

The filter basket could be completely filled with debris. While pulling out the
basket out of the sub, some debris will begin falling off.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

All parts manipulated during assembly and disassembly are heavy. Ensure slings
are positioned properly at the middle of the part before lifting.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-44 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-44

4.6 Checking the Wellsite Tool Kit


The rigsite toolkit contains special equipment and material accessories to
prepare the tool for the BHA. See Figure 4-24.

As soon as possible after equipment setup is complete, do the following:

• Check inventory of the rigsite toolkit


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Clean and secure the rigsite toolkit


• Make sure that the driller knows that a special wrench is required to make
up the bit

Figure 4-24: Rigsite Toolkit

Additional Information

See 3.8.1.4 Rigsite Toolkit Checklist (p. 3-38)

4.7 Preparation for Picking Up the Tool


Ensure that the following have been checked against the manual, the tool
paperwork and tool shipping sticker (if applicable) for the system in use:

• serial numbers, ODs, IDs, lengths, fish necks and connection types

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
4-45 PowerDrive X5 OM / Equipment Preparation 4-45

• tool parameters should be consistent with planned drilling operations — e.g.


minimum and maximum flow rate, battery expiration
• muleshoe high side
• toolface phase shift (check this against BU type)
• software version.

After confirmation of the above, the relevant fishing diagrams should be prepared
and given to the client and driller.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Remove any tool shipping stickers prior to running in hole to avoid mud system
contamination. Label the tools to be run, clearly marking the downhole end of
the control collar. The lifting sequence to the rig floor should be indicated to
the rig crew.

Ensure the deck crew are aware that the CU collar contains sensitive electronic
components and should be lifted carefully and not subjected to shock loads.
The field engineer should always be present while the tools are being lifted to
the rig floor.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-i

5 Job Execution
5.1 Transporting Tools to the Rigfloor ______________________________ 5-1
5.2 Making Up the BHA ____________________________________________ 5-2
5.2.1 New or Re-cut Connection Procedures ________________________ 5-2
5.2.2 Tong Placement Procedure ___________________________________ 5-3
5.2.3 vorteX: Tool Pick-Up Sequence _______________________________ 5-3
5.3 Surface and Shallow Hole Testing ______________________________ 5-6
5.3.1 Surface Testing ______________________________________________ 5-7
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.3.1.1 BHA Preparation and Position for Surface Test _____________ 5-7
5.3.1.2 Surface Test Procedures __________________________________ 5-8
PDX5 Surface Function Test ___________________________ 5-8
vorteX Surface Function Test _________________________ 5-11
5.3.1.3 Surface Test Check List __________________________________ 5-12
5.3.2 Shallow Hole Testing ________________________________________ 5-13
5.3.2.1 BHA Preparation and Position for SHT ____________________ 5-13
5.3.2.2 Shallow Hole Test Procedure _____________________________ 5-13
5.3.2.3 Shallow Hole Test Check List _____________________________ 5-14
5.4 Running in Hole and Drilling Cement Guidelines ______________ 5-15
5.4.1 PDX5 Running in Hole and Drilling Cement Guidelines ________ 5-16
5.4.2 vorteX Running in Hole and Drilling Cement Guidelines _______ 5-16
5.5 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the Rathole _ 5-17
5.5.1 PDX5 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling Through the
Rathole ____________________________________________________ 5-17
5.6 Reaming and Back-Reaming __________________________________ 5-18
5.7 Kicking Off from Vertical ______________________________________ 5-20
5.7.1 PDX5 Kicking Off from Vertical _______________________________ 5-20
5.7.2 vorteX Kicking Off from Vertical ______________________________ 5-21
5.8 Sidetracking __________________________________________________ 5-21
5.8.1 Sidetracking off a Cement Plug ______________________________ 5-21
5.8.2 Open hole Sidetracking _____________________________________ 5-23
5.9 Casing Exits and Whipstocks _________________________________ 5-25
5.9.1 PDX5 Casing Exits and Whipstocks __________________________ 5-26
5.9.2 vorteX Casing Exits and Whipstocks _________________________ 5-26
5.10 Drilling Operation _____________________________________________ 5-27
5.10.1 Toolface and Proportion Setting Considerations _______________ 5-27
5.10.2 Inclination Hold Considerations ______________________________ 5-28
5.10.3 Preventing Jamming ________________________________________ 5-28
5.10.4 Optimizing Performance _____________________________________ 5-28
5.10.5 Monitoring Operations _______________________________________ 5-29
5.10.5.1 RSS Displays ___________________________________________ 5-29
5.10.5.2 Flow Rates, Temperatures and Pressures _________________ 5-30
5.10.5.3 Toolface Offsets and Phase Shifts ________________________ 5-31
5.10.5.4 Mud Pumps and Pulsation Dampeners ____________________ 5-31
5.10.5.5 Mud Data _______________________________________________ 5-31
5.11 Downlinking to the Tool _______________________________________ 5-31

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-ii PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-ii

5.11.1 Fast Downlink Process ______________________________________ 5-32


5.11.2 Tool Configuration ___________________________________________ 5-32
5.11.3 Checking that the Tool is Ready to Receive a Command _______ 5-32
5.11.3.1 Checking for Fast Downlink Command / Status in RSS Display
Screen __________________________________________________ 5-32
5.11.4 When to Downlink ___________________________________________ 5-33
5.11.5 Sending a Fast Downlink Command __________________________ 5-34
5.11.6 Understanding the Fast Downlink Commands _________________ 5-36
5.11.7 Determining the Timing Sequence ___________________________ 5-39
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.11.7.1 Determine Fast Downlink Timing Using Manual Downlink


Application ______________________________________________ 5-40
5.11.7.2 Determine Fast Downlink Timing Using the Spreadsheet ___ 5-43
5.11.8 Using the Fast Downlink SCB File ____________________________ 5-44
5.11.9 Checking that the Command has been Accepted ______________ 5-46
5.12 Inclination Hold _______________________________________________ 5-47
5.12.1 Engaging Inclination Hold ___________________________________ 5-47
5.12.2 Applying Turn Correction ____________________________________ 5-47
5.12.3 Rate of Penetration Ranges _________________________________ 5-48
5.12.4 Disengaging Inclination Hold Mode ___________________________ 5-48
5.13 PowerV Mode _________________________________________________ 5-48
5.13.1 Engaging PowerV Mode _____________________________________ 5-48
5.13.2 Disengaging PowerV Mode __________________________________ 5-49
5.14 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH) ________________________________ 5-50
5.14.1 Tool Lay Down ______________________________________________ 5-50
5.14.2 Bias/Steering Unit System Inspection ________________________ 5-51
5.14.3 Control Unit System Inspection ______________________________ 5-51
5.14.4 E-Mag Receiver and Real Time Flex System Inspection _______ 5-52
5.14.5 Downloading Control Unit Data Logs _________________________ 5-52

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-1

5 Job Execution none

5.1 Transporting Tools to the Rigfloor


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Before transporting the tool to the rig floor, ensure the following tasks are
complete:

• All parts of the tool have been checked, and passed as fit for downhole use.
• Thread protectors must be secured on all exposed connections.
• The readout port cover has been replaced and is correctly tightened.
• Stabilizers sleeves are in place, and preferably torqued to specification.
• The drill floor handling tools are ready, with dog collars for the control collar
and the flex collar (where used).
• Any rig-supplied crossovers are ready for use.
• The float is prepared as required by the Client (ported / non-ported).
• The bit type and nozzles are correct.
• Lift subs and lift eyes are appropriate for each connection.
• Tools on the catwalk are clearly marked in pick-up sequence with slings
and taglines available.
• The slings from the crane should be double wrapped around the collar. Do
not hook the slings into lift bail thread protectors. One tag line should be
attached to each sling to ensure safe and controlled transport.
• If using an air hoist to pull the tool through the V-door, do not hook the chain
through the thread protector. Remove the uphole thread protector and insert
lift sub. Torque the lift sub into the collar using chain tongs and a sledge

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-2

hammer. Attach the air hoist line to the lift sub and a tag line to the bit box
thread protector and raise the collar to the rig floor. This procedure should be
performed by the rig crew and supervised by the Schlumberger engineer.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

When a lift sub is made up hand tight to a tool, draw a chalk/crayon


line across the connection. This line will provide a visual check that the
connection has not backed off. If this line is seen to be broken when the tool
is in the derrick inform the driller immediately.

5.2 Making Up the BHA

5.2.1 New or Re-cut Connection Procedures


All the safety procedures associated with this tool must be followed at all times.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Every time that the BHA is in the slips, it is mandatory to install the proper collar
clamp before unlatching the elevator from the string.

This procedure describes how to make up a drill string connection for the first
time. This procedure applies to a new or recut connection even if it is to be
screwed on to a used part.

New connections should be tested at the R&M facility as this is a more controlled
environment and can reduce lost time at the rig site.

Whenever a connection is made up for the first time, complete the following steps.

1 Make sure that the threads are clean and free from grease. It is recommended
that threads are phosphate coated (MOLY-KOTE or equivalent).

2 Lubricate both the pin and the box with API drill collar compound. Walk in the
connection carefully with a chain tong ensuring that it shoulders up correctly.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-3

3 If resistance is felt at any time during this procedure, back out the connection
and clean the threads. Inspect and repair minor damage such as galling or
burring. Minor damage can be repaired with a file.

4 Re-apply API drill collar compound and walk in the connection again with a
chain tong. Providing it shoulders up correctly with the chain tong, tighten the
connection to the recommended make-up torque. Take note of the pipe dope
and correct the make-up torque according to the dope friction factor.

5 Break out the connection again. Clean and inspect the threads. If there is
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

no damage re-apply API drill collar compound and the connection is ready
for assembly.

5.2.2 Tong Placement Procedure


It is recommended that the components be assembled in the workshop and
shipped to the rig site as assembled units. Initial programming in the workshop is
also recommended — particularly for the PD475 as this requires the removal
of the float valve.

If the system components must be made up at the rig site, the following should
be noted:

1. Ensure tong placement is correct,

• At least 12 in from a box, and 6 in from a pin connection.


• Away from the collar recess grooves to protect the bolt hole recess.

2. The field engineer is responsible for ensuring that the connections are
torqued up to the correct value. Refer to the X5 Specifications manual.
3. When using a PD475 note that the top connection on the CC is a special
thread and will NOT accept an NC38 connection.
4. Do not set the slips or collar clamp onto the tapered shoulder of the flex
section. This section is highly stressed and teeth marks will act as stress
risers potentially shortening the working life of the flex.
5. If using a flow restrictor in the bit box, it should be installed just before the bit
is made up, when the bit is in its bit breaker. This stops the flow restrictor
falling downhole

5.2.3 vorteX: Tool Pick-Up Sequence


The motor should be dressed with stabilizers at the R&M center. If stabilizer(s)
sleeve(s) need to be changed on the rig floor, follow the procedure below.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-4

1. Stabilizer make-up on motor

a. Hang motor in elevator.


b. When applicable, remove housing thread protector.
c. Screw on sleeve, which has been previously gauged. When integral
blade stabilizer is used, gauge stabilizer using ring or Homco caliper.
Record gauge on BHA Datasheet. (minimum 1/16in. precision).
d. Make up sleeve (or protector) using rig tongs. Use same procedure as
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

that used for sleeve type stabilizer.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

The stabilizer on the transmission housing is slid down from the bottom
of the power section. This sleeve is usually assembled in the shop and
should preferably not be installed or removed on the rig floor.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

The stabilizer sleeves on the transmission and filter housing are


right-hand thread.

2. Motor bearing surface checking when motor rerun:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 5-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-5

Figure 5-1: PowerPak Thrust Bearing Clearance Measurement

a. Hang motor free in elevator, measure the distance between the lower
part of the bearing housing section and the top of the bit sub as shown in
Figure 5-1. Record clearance as shown.
b. Repeat step 2.awith the full weight of the motor sitting down on the rotary
table. Record clearance again as shown in the Detailed Operating
Procedures of the PowerPak ORM.
c. Record the absolute value of the difference between the distances
measured in step 2.a and 2.b. The maximum allowable clearance is
shown in Table 5-1. Compare the clearance with the figure shown on the
documentation supplied with the motor from the maintenance center
or last job. Make up the driveshaft pin to the filter sub or directly to the
Control Unit Collar (or Flex collar if used).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-6

Table 5-1: Maximum allowable axial bearing clearance

Motor Size Clearance in. (mm)


A475M 0.16 in. (4mm)
A675M 0.23 in. (5.8mm)
A962M 0.26 in. (6.52mm)

Surface and Shallow Hole Testing


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.3

The difference between a surface test and a shallow hole test is:

• Surface Tests are conducted with the BHA above the drill floor, and the
bit just below the drill floor.
• Shallow Hole Tests (SHT) are conducted when the BHA has been run below
the rig floor, usually between one to three stands of HWDP.

The results of each surface or shallow hole test should be documented with the
flow rate, mud weight, standpipe pressure, and exact BHA (including length of
drillpipe) clearly documented.

These surface and shallow hole test procedures are designed to confirm the
correct operation of the mechanical assembly, the electronic functionality, and
software configuration. Where appropriate, testing also serves to check the
configuration of real-time data-points between the PowerDrive system and the
M/LWD tools.

Purpose of Tool Testing

The purpose of the Surface Test is to test the tool before running in hole. The
SHT is used to test the RT communications on the BHA once in the well.
Generally this is done at the first two or three stands of HWDP, the first filling of
the drillpipe or before BHA handling equipment is due to be changed over (e.g.
when changing from BHA to drillpipe).

A properly planned and executed test will detect problems with the tool, which
would not be detected until drilling started. A poorly planned and executed test
can result in a problematic tool being run, false diagnostics of a problem and
non-productive time in laying down and picking up a backup tool.

The tests check the correct operation of the following components:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-7

• Control Unit

– Mechanical Assembly
– Electronic Functionality
– Software and Programming

• Bias Unit Mechanical Assembly


• Real Time link to surface (via MWD tool telemetry)
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

– Selection and transmission of dpoints


– PowerDrive and MWD tool communication

However, a successful test is no guarantee that the tool will perform downhole
as many others factors affect drilling performance.

Quality Note
Because of various BHA configuration issues when carrying out these tool tests,
it is best to conduct all PowerDrive functionality tests at surface and confirm
PowerDrive and M/LWD tool communication in a SHT.

5.3.1 Surface Testing

5.3.1.1 BHA Preparation and Position for Surface Test


The surface test assembly is typically comprised of the Control Unit within its
dedicated collar, the Bias/Steering Unit and the bit. The MWD tool may be added
to the assembly for RT communications.

• For proper pressure drop, the PowerDrive system should be surface tested
as a standalone system.
• If a flow restrictor is being used, the tool must be tested with the bit on to
avoid the potential risk of dropping the flow restrictor downhole.
• The rig capability, such as kelly systems or top drive and mast clearance,
should be considered when planning the surface test.
• Bias Unit: The test procedure involves visually observing the pad actuation
sequence across the Bias Unit. The tool should be positioned so that the
Bias Unit is just below the level of the rotary table (with the pads still visible)
in order to contain the drilling fluid.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-8

• Steering Unit: The test procedure involves visually observing the mud
actuation sequence behind the Steering Sleeve. The tool should be
positioned so that the Steering Unit is just below the level of the rotary table
(with the Steering Sleeve still visible) in order to contain the drilling fluid.
• The bit should be positioned level with the flow return line to eliminate mud
spraying up to the rig floor.
• The real-time link can be tested by adding the MWD tool above the
PowerDrive. If the MWD tool is tested on surface, the PowerDrive and bit
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

must be included to avoid possible damage to the pressure compensation


system in the MWD tool, see InTouch Content ID 4147326.
• A copy of the SCB timing sheet should be printed out before the test.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets, Information
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Do not perform a PDX5 Surface Test (rotary table) with MWD tools that have
been configured with a 1.5Hz or lower carrier frequency. The pressure pulses
at these frequencies will damage the PowerDrive control unit thrust bearings
and lead to possible jamming of the magnet housings.

5.3.1.2 Surface Test Procedures

PDX5 Surface Function Test

The Surface Test involves observing the Bias Unit pad opening sequence as
indicated by the flow of drilling fluid through the exhaust port of the Bias Unit pads.

1 The Control Unit should be loaded with an SCB file that has an initial steering
setting with a proportion of both biasing and neutral phase (i.e. not a steering
setting of 0% or 100%).

This ensures that during the SHT all functionality of the Control Unit is tested.
The examples shown below use an initial tool steering setting of 0/60% (0
degrees 60% biasing phase).

2 The tool should be positioned according to 5.3.1 Surface Testing (p. 5-7).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-9

3 Instruct the driller to bring the flow rate up gradually until the standpipe
pressure reaches 700 psi.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Monitor standpipe pressure to avoid exceeding the tool’s maximum pressure


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

drop rating (see Specifications).

The flow rate required to obtain this pressure will vary depending on mud
properties and bit nozzles, but it is necessary to have a flow greater than
the tool turn-on and less than the maximum flow rate. (Refer to the OST
data sheet).

Quality Note
The reason for making the test pressure dependent rather than flow rate
dependent is that if the mud is cold and viscous the surface pressure may
exceed the Bias Unit piston seal specification.

4 On tool start up, the system goes through a start up sequence as described in
the SCB file.

A copy of a SCB timing sequence is shown below in Table 5-2 Start up Time
Summary (p. 5-10).

5 Refer to 5.3.1.3 Surface Test Check List (p. 5-12) to determine if the test
was successful.

Quality Note
If the tool is sitting idle for a long period of time after the final OST and the flow
is noticed only from one pad or the tool spins at a high RPM, remove the bit to
reduce the pressure limitation and then pump close to the upper end of the flow
rate for a few minutes. Replace the bit and re-test the tool, which will help to
reduce the friction on the hanger, marine and thrust bearing.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-10

Example SHT SCB: Start up Sequence and Pad Actuation

Refer to Table 5-2. The column on the left shows the Control Unit operation
mode. The next column shows the CU rotation rate (RPM). Since the Bias Unit
pad actuation valve is directly attached to the CU the pads should be seen to
operate at the same rate as which the CU is rotating.

Table 5-2: Start up Time Summary

CU Operation Mode RPM Time (secs) Total (mm:ss)


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Start Mud Pumps 0:00


Idle 0 30
0:30
Survey 0 90
2:00
Drilling Cycle 16 (Slew CCW 180
Collar) (Repeating)

In the example shown the following pad opening sequence should be observed:

• Zero Pad Actuations from 0:00 (start-up) to 2:00


• After 2:00, the tool will enter the drilling cycle. Actuations will be dependant
on the setting initially programmed in the SCB.
• The drilling cycle will now repeat every 180 seconds.

After the tool finishes the static survey it will enter the drilling cycle (this is defined
in the SCB; 180 seconds in this example). The drilling cycle consists of two
modes of operation, bias phase and neutral phase, as defined below.

Term Definition
Bias Phase During this phase the Control Unit holds a toolface angle (i.e. is
geostationary) and fluid should be seen exiting from 1 or 2 pads
for the duration of the bias phase. The length of the bias phase is
determined by % drill setting in the SCB file.
For example

tool setting 0 degrees 40%


Drill cycle 180 seconds
Bias phase 180*0.4 = 72 seconds

Neutral Phase This is the period of time the Control Unit is rotating at a set rotation
rate counterclockwise relative to the collar. The typical setting is 16
rpm less than the collar rotation rate.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-11

Example
For operation downhole with BHA rotation of 100 rpm, the CU
would rotate at 84 rpm clockwise to provide the same relative
rotation rate.

During this test mode, drilling fluid should be seen to be exiting


from each pad in turn at a frequency of 16 times per minute. The
period of neutral phase is determined by
Neutral phase period = Drill Cycle period – Bias Phase period
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

For the example shown above this would be 180 – 72 = 108


seconds.

Note
Local practice sometimes requires the tool to be set in either
neutral mode (0% setting) or 100% bias mode during the Surface
Test. This is not recommended because all the functionality of the
Control Unit will not be tested during the SHT. If the tool is in 0%
setting then the Control Unit will rotate at 16 rpm less than the
collar and drilling fluid will be seen to exit from each pad in turn
until the pumps are recycled. If the tool is in 100% mode then the
CU will settle on the tool face angle and hold this angle.

vorteX Surface Function Test

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

When running with a motor, the RSS tool must have the SHT completed before
it is connected to the motor, since this test requires observation of the Bias
Unit pads. The motor should be surface tested after the tool has had the SHT
performed.

To complete the surface funciotn test on the Motor:

1. Hang motor in elevator. Make-up bit if acceptable by clients. If not, a dummy


bit will have to be made up (pressure drop at the bit is necessary to ensure
proper cooling of the bearings).
2. Install a safety clamp on dump-valve (or cross-over when this option is used).
3. Ensure a surface screen is placed in the string. Use a lifting sub which is
threaded on the top – a special short screen may be needed in this case.
4. Make up kelly/topdrive. Use a crossover if necessary.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-12 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-12

5. Ensure BOP Rams are open and lower motor down to the point where the
ports of the dump valve are below the rotary table, but still visible.

Potential Severity: Serious


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

The dump valve functionality cannot be checked by pushing on the


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

mechanism, as the spring is too stiff. The motor should not be rotated in
excess of two minutes during the surface test due to possible poor lubrication
of the bearings. Take additional precautions when rotating inside the riser or
casing with PDC and/or bi-center bits.

6. Turn on the rig pumps, and slowly increase the strokes.


7. Record the flow rate and stand-pipe pressure when the dump-valve closes.
Keep flow rate constant, pull out the motor to observe mud flow diverted
through the bearing of the total flow. Observe bit rotation.
8. Lower motor back to previous position.
9. Shut-down the pumps. Since the hydraulic loop is very small, the dump-valve
may remain closed. In this case, the mud should be bled off from the stand
pipe.
10. In case a dummy bit was used, break it out.
11. If a float sub is required, place it immediately above the motor.
12. Prior to running in the hole, measure and record the offset angle between
the motor scribe line and the MWD reference axis.

5.3.1.3 Surface Test Check List


In addition to the start up sequence detailed in 5.3.1.2 Surface Test Procedures
(p. 5-8), check the following items:

• No rotation of the string is permitted during the surface test.


• Surface testing of the PowerDrive system should be controlled to a maximum
standpipe pressure of 700 psi, rather than flow rate. This is to prevent
potential over-pressuring of the Bias Unit/Steering Unit seals when the test
fluid is cold and viscous.
• The standpipe pressure should be a similar value to the calculated bit
pressure drop for the flow rate being used. Remember that a cold, unsheared
mud would provide an initially higher than expected pressure.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-13 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-13

• The Control Unit should remain stationary during the initial start up period
and survey interval. Slight movement may be indicated by flow out of one or
two pads, but the tool should not rotate.
• The tool holds a stable angle during the bias period of the drill cycle.
• The drill cycle observed should be as defined by the initial tool setting in
the SCB.
• The observed pad actuation sequence of the Bias Unit is as per the timing
sequence shown in the SCB.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

– Each pad will extend once as only rotation against the formation will
cause the pad to retract.

• The observed mud ejection sequence from behind the Steering Sleeve is as
per the timing sequence shown in the SCB.
• If the BOP is filling up during the test, the shale shakers can be bypassed to
increase the flow down the return line.

Additional information

See section 8.1 Troubleshooting Surface Test Failures (p. 8-2)

5.3.2 Shallow Hole Testing

5.3.2.1 BHA Preparation and Position for SHT


The following requirements are necessary for the test preparation:

• Make sure the surface computer system is ready to demodulate data.


• A copy of the SCB timing sequence should be printed out for the test.
• Lines of communication to the driller are clear and operating (e.g. telephone
or intercom).

5.3.2.2 Shallow Hole Test Procedure


The Shallow Hole Test involves observing the RT values decoded at surface
from the MWD system. The testing procedure assumes that the Surface Test
in has been completed successfully.

1. Instruct the driller to bring up the flow rate gradually until the standpipe
pressure reaches 700 psi.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-14 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-14

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Monitor standpipe pressure to avoid exceeding the tool’s maximum pressure


drop rating (see Specifications).

The flow rate required to obtain this pressure will vary depending on mud
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

properties and bit nozzles, but it is necessary to have a flow greater than
the tool turn-on and less than the maximum flow rate. (Refer to the OST
data sheet).

Quality Note
The reason for making the test pressure dependent rather than flow rate
dependent is that if the mud is cold and viscous the surface pressure may
exceed the Bias Unit piston seal specification.

2. On tool start up, the system goes through a start up sequence as described
in the SCB file.
For reference purposes, a copy of the SCB timing sheet should be in hand
at the time of the test.
3. Confirm that the RT signal quality is good and refer to 5.3.2.3 Shallow Hole
Test Check List (p. 5-14) to determine if the test was successful.
4. Record parameters such as flow rate, standpipe pressure and mud weight in
the Bit Run Summary.

5.3.2.3 Shallow Hole Test Check List


In addition to the start up sequence detailed in 5.3.2.2 Shallow Hole Test
Procedure (p. 5-13), check the following items:

• The standpipe pressure should be a similar value to the calculated bit


pressure drop for the flow rate being used. Remember that a cold, unsheared
mud would provide an initially higher than expected pressure.
• The tool holds a stable angle during the bias period of the drill cycle.
• The drill cycle observed should be as defined by the initial tool setting in
the SCB.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-15 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-15

• The MWD RPM (TRPM) measurement is a good indicator of flow through the
BHA. A record should be made of this reading and the corresponding flow
rate. Changes in this value are a good indicator of the activation of under
reamers or circulating subs in addition to detecting washouts.
• Where operations and time permit, a downlink should be performed and
the real-time confirmation recorded.

Additional information
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

See section 8.1 Troubleshooting Surface Test Failures (p. 8-2)

5.4 Running in Hole and Drilling Cement


Guidelines
The following guidelines should be followed when tripping in hole and drilling
cement. In addition, recommendations for avoiding jamming are provided at
InTouch content ID 4857556. These recommendations are valid for all tool sizes,
but are particularly applicable for 475 tools.

• Due to the presence of a float in the drillstring, it will be necessary to fill


up the drillpipe at regular intervals.
• Care should be taken while running through any tight spots or sections of
high dogleg severity, particularly following a motor BHA or a BHA with a
different geometry.
• If the static bottom hole temperature is expected to be ‘hot’ (>120 degC, 250
degF), then the system should be staged in while tripping. Stage in sections
and circulating time depends on temperature.
• When breaking circulation, move the pipe first and then increase pump rate
in steps by closely monitoring the stand pipe pressure.
• Start circulation at least one stand off bottom to prevent plugging of tools
from settled cuttings.
• When drilling out the shoe, keep in mind that Cement Plugs, Float Collar,
Cement and Shoe Track are very different materials compared to the
formation intended to drill. The bit has not been designed to drill this material
especially when drilling in soft rock environment where bits with low blade
count and big cutters (aggressive design) are used. Start drilling Float
equipment with medium rpm and low weight. Watch shock and vibrations and
adjust parameters accordingly. Slow down whenever a material change is
expected. Watch shakers for pieces coming up. Always use float equipment
with a locking feature to assist in drill out.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-16 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-16

5.4.1 PDX5 Running in Hole and Drilling Cement


Guidelines
The following guidelines for PowerDrive Xtra/X5 should be followed when
tripping in hole and drilling cement:

• The drillstring should be filled, typically every 20 stands when running in hole.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• When breaking circulation during the trip, the flow rate should be above the
tool turn on rate to prevent solids collecting.
• Calculate the pressure drop across the tool using the actual flow rate with
actual mud weight. Initially circulate at the flow rate required to give 700 psi
(48 bar) standpipe pressure on the Shallow Hole Test (SHT) to condition the
mud system, and safeguard the Bias Unit from seal damage.
• During the drilling of both the shoe track and the shoe with the PD Xtra/X5,
the flow rate should be at a reduced rate from the planned drilling flow (5%
above the minimum drilling flow rate of the Control Unit). This reduces the
pressure drop across the Bias Unit seals, and limits the degree of contact
between the pads and the casing.
• It is preferable to run in the hole with the PowerDrive Xtra/X5 Control Unit
set in neutral or a low proportion setting. It is not possible to have a neutral
setting when running PowerV because the tool is locked in a 100% lowside
setting. In this case the flow rate should be reduced as much as possible to
minimize the force on the steering pads.
• When running in heavy mud, set the Control Unit with a 10% setting instead
of neutral to prevent Torquer jamming.
• When tripping in, do not use the neutral setting — use a 10% setting.
Downlink to neutral on bottom or use a 10% setting in heavy mud.

5.4.2 vorteX Running in Hole and Drilling Cement


Guidelines

Note
When using PowerDrive vorteX, the lower part of the BHA below the motor will
always be rotating when the pumps are on. Thus the practice of washing past
obstructions and tight spots will still involve some rotation of the PowerDrive tool.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-17 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-17

5.5 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling


Through the Rathole
The following guidelines for drilling out of the casing shoe and through the
rathole should be followed:

• Rotary speed should be limited to approximately 60 rpm while inside the


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

casing string, and flow rate should be reduced to approximately 75% of


planned drilling flow to minimize shock and vibrations. The real-time shock
and vibration levels should be actively monitored, and steps taken to mitigate
shock and vibration levels. Note that the stick slip measurements use the
tool’s magnetometers to detect collar rotation, so the measurement will be
unreliable inside the casing. Stick slip can still be detected on surface from
erratic and cyclic torque and rpm readings.
• Increase the rotary speed only when the uppermost stabilizer is out of the
shoe and into new formation.
• When drilling through the casing shoe and the larger diameter rathole, the
BHA is unconstrained and is susceptible to extremely high shocks. This can
lead to catastrophic hardware failures. Monitor shock and vibrations closely
as soon as you start drilling. Manage this problem by monitoring shocks and
keeping the rpm as low as practicable until all the stabilizers have entered
the newly-drilled gauged hole.

5.5.1 PDX5 Drilling out the Casing Shoe and Drilling


Through the Rathole

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

• At all times, make sure that the flow rate remains above the Control Unit
minimum drilling flow throughout the drilling of the shoe track and shoe, and
that the flow rate is sufficient to clean the cuttings out of the hole
• Intermittent real-time communication can sometimes be observed due to
E-Mag signal attenuation from the Control Unit to E-Mag
• Any non-formational drilling increases the risk of failure in both the
Bias Unit/Steering Unit (excess wear/impact damage) and Control Unit
(shock/recirculated debris).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-18 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-18

PDX5 has the following specific guidelines for drilling out of the casing shoe
and through the rathole:

• Run in the hole with the Control Unit set in neutral (preferred) or a low
proportion setting.
If running PowerV, it is not possible to set neutral. In this case, reduce the
flow rate.
• During the drilling of both the shoe track and the shoe, the flow rate should
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

be at a reduced rate from the planned drilling flow (5% above the minimum
drilling flow rate of the Control Unit). This reduces the pressure drop across
the Bias Unit seals, and limits the degree of contact between the pads and
the casing.
• Inclination Hold mode must not be used while drilling out casing shoes. A
setting of 0/1 % should be selected, eg. neutral in PDX5.

5.6 Reaming and Back-Reaming

Potential Severity: Catastrophic


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Never rotate the string without circulation. This could result in a number of
problems, including packing off the drill string and premature bearing failure
in the motor.

There are no specific rpm limits when reaming. Tool life will decrease with higher
rpm, and the risk of a tool failure, or even catastrophic tool failure, increases
with increasing reaming rpm.

During reaming operations, the drill string has greater freedom of motion as it
is not being constrained by WOB. With the greater freedom of motion comes a
greater potential for suffering shocks. Shock loading of the BHA components
causes harm to the tool hardware and tool joint fatigue, and can lead rapidly to
failure. Reaming at low rpm reduces the energy in the system decreasing the
amplitude and the number of shocks to the tool.

MWD/LWD shock sensors are mounted up the string and may not see similar
shock amplitudes due to their different position which may be at a node or be
otherwise dampened. It is recommended to rotate as slow as is practicable to
achieve the necessary hole cleaning effects of reaming.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-19 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-19

The following guidelines have been developed based on lessons learned from
PowerDrive field operations globally. In addition, these guidelines take account
of independent research by the University of Tulsa into hole cleaning in inclined
holes, and the effect of pipe rotation on cuttings removal.

• Backreaming should not be planned into the drilling programme. On


occasion, offset well experience may show that plastic formations (for
example the Zechstein halite sequences in the UK North Sea) flow and
constrict the wellbore after a given period of time. In these cases, regular
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

wiper trips and backreaming may be unavoidable. In many other cases,


backeaming is not effective, and can actually consume rig time and damage
the wellbore.
• Wiper trips are an effective way of gauging the condition of the wellbore.
Torque and Drag and annular pressure PWD surveillance are good tools to
assess hole cleaning performance and cuttings build up.
• Advise the client that a conservative approach to reaming is necessary to
prolong the tool life by minimizing abrasion and to avoid high shocks that
can lead to failure.
• It is important to have a plan for reaming and general shock and stick slip
mitigation before the job starts, so that everyone involved is aware of the
limitations and dangers beforehand. Having a pre-agreed upon action plan
will avoid any situations at the wellsite where the Client has expectations of
doing something that may compromise tool reliability or performance.
• When seeing increase in weight when POOH, assume that this is a cuttings
bed.

– Run back in the hole one stand and start circulating and rotating the
string if possible.
– Circulate for 1 to 2 bottoms up.
– Stop pumping and rotating and pick up again. If point of obstruction
moved up the hole the obstruction is a cuttings bed and should be
removed by additional circulation.
– If the obstruction has not moved, the obstruction is a ledge or unstable
hole situation and reaming might be required to get through this section.
– When back reaming has to be performed, be aware that this has the
potential to generate high shock levels.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-20 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-20

• If backreaming becomes unavoidable:

– Drill the stand down and pick up off bottom and reduce the rpm to
approximately 40 to 60 rpm.
– Monitor real-time shock and vibration levels from the BHA and monitor
the annular pressure readings.
– Slowly start backreaming while continuously monitoring real-time data.
– During backreaming, a large amount of cuttings are moved up the BHA,
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

and kept moving due to the high flow rate around the BHA, until they
settle down above the BHA when the flow rate slows down due to the
smaller OD pipe.
– When backreaming has been started, it has to be continued until the hole
inclination is less than 40°.

5.7 Kicking Off from Vertical


PowerDrive tools can be used to kick off from any inclination with extensive
experience in vertical kickoffs.

The following points must be considered when kicking off from vertical:

• Select a bit type suitable for the formation to ensure a good rate of penetration
• Make any azimuth corrections early, as large changes can be made easily
at low inclination
• Do not work pipe close to bottom on connections to avoid wiping out initial
build-up doglegs.

Note
The lower the horizontal intensity of the Earth’s magnetic field, the less accurate
a vertical kick off can be performed with any PowerDrive RSS tool.

5.7.1 PDX5 Kicking Off from Vertical


When kicking off with PowerDrive Xtra/X5/X5R:

• Set the Control Unit to a suitable toolface in magnetic mode, with maximum
(100%) proportion.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-21 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-21

5.7.2 vorteX Kicking Off from Vertical


When kicking off with PowerDrive vorteX:

• Use of the CLink sub will allow near-bit surveys in real-time to assist with
monitoring the progress of the kick off.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.8 Sidetracking
All PowerDrive tools can be used to sidetrack a well off a:

• cement plug, either in a vertical or deviated well,


• open holes, but more care is required.

Factors affecting the success of a sidetrack are the strength of the cement plug,
the existing hole profile, formation drillability and ensuring that adequate time
is taken.

Although successful sidetracks have been achieved at all inclinations, both from
cement plugs and open hole, there are some situations where it will not be
possible to sidetrack, such as soft cement and hard formations. If the application
calls for a difficult sidetrack to be attempted, consideration should be given to
using PowerDrive Xceed, which has an enhanced sidetracking capability.

5.8.1 Sidetracking off a Cement Plug

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Cement cannot be pumped though any PowerDrive system. There is a risk


of plugging the tool and BHA and causing serious damage to the internal
components.

All PowerDrive tools can be used to sidetrack a well from a cement plug, either in
a vertical or deviated well. Open hole sidetracks can be performed, but more
care is needed.

As a guideline, the following procedure should be used if there is no previous


experience of successful sidetracking. Use of real-time inclination will give an
early indication of the progress of the sidetrack.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-22 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-22

1. After making up the BHA, and before any circulation is attempted, make
sure that the drillpipe is clean and clear of any cement debris that may have
accumulated when the cement plug was being pumped. Use drillpipe rubber
or sponge balls behind the cement when displacing to clean the drillpipe.
2. Allow the cement plug adequate time to harden.
The cement plug must be of sufficient quality and quantity. Take care when
tagging the cement plug to avoid flash setting. Avoid plugging the bit nozzles
by washing down with a minimal flow rate until the cement is tagged. With
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

PowerDrive Xtra/X5, the flow rate for washing down should be above the
tool’s minimum flow rate.
3. If the cement plug is not firm, the sidetrack should not be attempted on
highside and should be replanned with a low side exit if applicable.
4. If the cement is of sufficient quality, increase the flow rate and drilling
parameters to 75% of normal drilling levels, and dress off the cement plug to
the required kick off depth.
The top of the cement plug will often be of poor quality due to mud
contamination in the transition, but will harden with depth.
5. Make sure that the drillpipe is spaced out to allow the sidetrack to be initiated
without having to make connections. Space should also be left above the
sidetrack point to allow the pipe to be worked.
6. Set the tool to a suitable toolface with the maximum proportion (100%).
Depending on the existing profile of the hole and proximity to offset casing
strings, either magnetic or gravity steering can be used for the kickoff. Do
not use the inclination hold mode for kicking off.
7. If the cement plug is firm and able to take weight, attempt to drill off using
normal drilling rpm but controlled ROP.

a. Control the ROP to 10% of the drilling rate at the same depth in the main
wellbore. Maintain this rate until a clear indication of new formation
is seen in the returned cuttings. Do not increase the ROP until new
formation is seen in the cuttings.
b. When new formation is seen in the cuttings, increase the ROP to 30% of
the offset ROP until 60% new formation is seen in the returned cuttings.
c. When 60% of cuttings are seen, increase the ROP to 60% of the offset
ROP until 100% new formation is seen with no more than trace cement.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-23 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-23

Note
The time taken to sidetrack will depend on the relative strengths of the
cement and formation and can vary from one hour to 24 hours or more.

8. If the cement plug remains soft, consider either waiting for the cement to
harden or proceeding with the sidetrack. More care and patience will be
needed in this case. It may be possible to set another cement plug if the
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

first sidetrack fails.


9. After the sidetrack has been initiated, closely monitor the inclination to avoid
excessive doglegs, and monitor the cuttings for indications that the new hole
may have started to track back into the cement plug.

5.8.2 Open hole Sidetracking


All PowerDrive systems can be used for open hole sidetracks. Use of real-time
inclination will give an early indication of the progress of the sidetrack. As
a guideline, the following procedure should be used if there is no previous
experience of successful open hole sidetracking.

• The success rate for open hole sidetracks is dependent on the formation
drillability, it may be impossible to sidetrack if the formation is too hard. Hole
inclination also plays an important role. Open hole sidetracks should only be
considered above 70° inclination. Subsequent BHAs and casing strings or
liners will need to pass the sidetrack, making the transition from the original
hole under the influence of gravity.
• Try to choose a sidetrack point with an abrupt change in profile, or change in
formation. A good example is the transition between a rotated interval and an
oriented interval in a section of hole previously drilled with a motor. Consult
the parameter sheets and plot continuous inclination against depth to aid
choosing an appropriate sidetrack point.
• Choose a sidetrack point as shallow as possible to allow a second sidetrack
point to be chosen at a deeper point, and still achieve the directional
objectives.
• Depending on the formation drillability, an openhole sidetrack can take
anywhere from one hour to over 24 hours to initiate. Patience is vital to make
sure that the first ledge that is created is maintained and enlarged as the
sidetrack progresses.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-24 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-24

• Make sure that the drillpipe is spaced out to allow the sidetrack to be initiated
without having to make connections. Space should also be left above the
sidetrack point to allow the pipe to be worked and the sidetrack transition to
be reamed.
• The open hole sidetrack is initiated by creating a ledge on the lowside of the
hole. This ledge is then elongated until the sidetrack deviates completely
from the parent wellbore.
• Set the tool to the desired sidetrack toolface (usually lowside) using 100%
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

steering, and commence reaming with high rpm and low ROP. Mark the
drillpipe at the sidetrack depth, and ream down to this mark over a 15 ft
to 30 ft (5 m to 10 m) interval. The reaming ROP should be 5% to 10% of
the drilled ROP in the parent wellbore, and rpm should be drilling rpm or
120 rpm to 150 rpm.
• It is important not to ream beyond the sidetrack depth or the ledge will be
destroyed. The time taken to initiate this ledge will depend on the formation
drillability and hole inclination. As a rule of thumb, ream downwards to the
sidetrack point up to 10 times at 5% to 10% of the drilled ROP. Indications
of the ledge being created will be a small increase in WOB or change in
continuous inclination.
• Commence controlled drilling at 10% to 15% of the drilled ROP monitoring
WOB and continuous inclination to avoid creating excessive doglegs.
• As the sidetrack progresses the PowerDrive Xtra/X5 Bias Unit steering
pads will not be in contact the high side of the hole. The side cutting action
of the bit, high rpm and the side force created by gravity are the primary
sidetracking mechanisms. With PowerDrive Xceed high rpm and the point
the bit steering mechanism are the primary sidetracking mechanisms
• After the sidetrack has been initiated, closely monitor the inclination from
the tool to avoid excessive doglegs.
• With an open hole sidetrack, it is particularly important to carefully ream the
sidetrack transition to make sure that it is clear from debris and as smooth
as possible.
• After the sidetrack has been initiated, and preferably before making a
connection, reduce the rpm to between 40 rpm and 60 rpm, and slowly
backream through the transition. Shock and Vibration levels should be
monitored as well as indications of overpull or packing off. Reduce the pump
rate and rpm, and run back through the transition at approximately twice
the normal drilling rate. Repeat this procedure twice more. Stop if there is
any sign of hanging up.
• If the BHA hangs up, increase the flow rate and set the PowerDrive toolface to
lowside (or the sidetrack direction). Run back through the sidetrack transition.
Use of real-time inclination will confirm entry into the sidetrack wellbore.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-25 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-25

• On subsequent trips though the sidetrack transition, care should be taken


to avoid damage to the transition and entering the original hole. Use of
real-time inclination from the PowerDrive tool is beneficial in confirming entry
into the sidetrack.

5.9 Casing Exits and Whipstocks


All PowerDrive tools can be used to sidetrack off a whipstock. However, it is
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

not recommended to drill directly off the whipstock unless there is a suitable
length of rat hole. This will help to ensure that the PowerDrive is not damaged by
rotation over the whipstock or window.

Experience has shown that significant tool damage occurs if the PowerDrive
tools are rotated in contact with the whipstock body. The following procedure
is recommended:

• Ensure a sufficient length of rat hole is drilled with the mill assembly, 9 ft to 15
ft (3 m to 5 m) minimum is recommended.
• If other stabilizers are included in the BHA (eg GVR, EcoScope) control
surface rpm to approximately 60 rpm as the stabilizers pass the window.
• To avoid the possibility of the milling assembly damaging the anchor slips an
extension should be added between the whip face and the anchor slips.
• Window milling and kicking off from a whipstock is a specialized operation
and the service provider should be consulted prior to the job. There is always
a risk of the milling assembly tracking the casing and failing to kick off in
the following circumstances:

– The milling assembly is too flexible


– The length of rat hole is shorter than absolutely necessary to allow the
PowerDrive stabilizers to clear the window
– The mills are unable to cut laterally in hard formations as the window
is exited
– Poor quality cement
– Milling multiple casing strings.

• Make sure mills are in gauge after window milling (make sure they have
been correctly gauged).
• Initially run though the window without rotation or flow. Do not rotate the tool
through the window to minimize bit and pad damage when running in/out
of hole.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-26 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-26

• If resistance is encountered, the PowerDrive toolface can be oriented to the


whipstock direction and the tool rotated slowly with a reduced flow rate. Do
not rotate more than 25 rpm to avoid damage to the tools.
• Start drilling with reduced parameters (WOB/rpm) to minimize potential of
localized shocks to the PowerDrive Tools (often not seen on the MWD). If
high levels of shock and vibration are seen, stop drilling.
• Monitor the levels of magnetic interference as drilling progresses to ensure
that the BHA is not tracking down the side of the casing string.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• When drilling ahead out of a whipstock, the MWD/LWD tools maybe exposed
to DLS higher than there specifications (especially if rotation is planned
with part of the BHA across the whipstock face). It is important that these
operations are discussed with the Client at the planning stage, and that the
Client is made aware and asked to accept responsibility in the cases that the
tools will be used outside of specification.
• Information relating to the calculation of the DLS of a whipstock can be
found within InTouch content 3484681 Whipstocks and Doglegs. The actual
dogleg severity seen by the drilling BHA will be different to the whipstock
DLS calculation due to the action of the mills cutting the window and the
reaming of the window. It is also further complicated by the BHA being in
compression or tension, but this information will provided a reference for
discussion with the client.

5.9.1 PDX5 Casing Exits and Whipstocks


When exiting casing or sidetracking off a whipstock with PowerDrive X5:

• Make sure that the Bias Unit and Control Stabilizer have passed the window
before rotating.
• If required, wash through the window without rotation and using low flow
to prevent Bias Unit pad damage. Make sure that no tight spots are
encountered.

5.9.2 vorteX Casing Exits and Whipstocks


When using PowerDrive vorteX, the lower part of the BHA below the motor will
always be rotating when the pumps are on. Thus, the practice of washing past
the whipstock face will still involve some rotation of the PowerDrive tool.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-27 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-27

5.10 Drilling Operation


Drilling will commence with the toolface and proportion that was loaded into the
CU with the SCB. This setting will have been discussed with the directional
driller prior to running in the hole. The driller will be notified of the initial drilling
parameters, i.e., flow rate, RPM and WOB.

The drilling parameters and surveys should be logged on the drilling parameter
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

worksheet, with all changes or comments being logged in both depth and time.

5.10.1 Toolface and Proportion Setting Considerations


The toolface and proportion setting that is downlinked to the tool should be
chosen by the Directional Driller to control the BHA along the planned trajectory.

Previous experience in the area and offset well data will give an indication of the
maximum DLS that can be achieved. Refer to the tool Specifications manual for
maximum DLS capabilities for each tool size.

The following factors should be considered:

• It is better to start with a higher proportion setting (100%) until the exact
behavior of the particular Tool/BHA/Bit combination has been determined.
This is particularly important where limited offset well data is available.
The real-time continuous inclination should be monitored closely to avoid
excessive or unplanned doglegs.
• Depending on the SCB loaded in the tool, PDX5 will remain in neutral biasing
during the start up period, but will be transmitting the actual steering code
through the E-Mag receiver. It is extremely important to understand this
feature in case drilling is to be commenced right after survey. In this case,
the tool will NOT steer until the drilling cycle starts.
• A high proportion setting is sometimes required to break a strong trend from
a previous BHA or a previous setting. For example, when going from a strong
drop setting to a strong build setting the tool may need a stronger proportion
than normal to break the dropping trend. This effect is more pronounced if a
flex collar is not used.
• Care should be taken in soft formations (particularly at higher inclinations)
when using a neutral setting. A neutral setting can exhibit a strong drop
tendency. Use of stabilized control collars or enabling IH mode can improve
performance in these scenarios.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-28 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-28

• The bit may exhibit an offset, whereby the tool will steer in a slightly different
direction to the toolface requested. This is a function of the bit reaction to
both the formation and the steer force being applied by the Bias Unit above.
• Larger offsets may be due to an incorrectly set Toolface Offset Angle in the
SCB. The mechanical offsets within the Xtra and X5 Bias Units are different.

Additional Information

See 3.2 Bit Selection Guidelines (p. 3-3).


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

See 4.4 PDX5 CU Programming and Configuration (p. 4-21).

5.10.2 Inclination Hold Considerations


The ability of the Control Unit to maintain a tangent while in Inclination Hold
(IH) mode is dependent on the BHA configuration and formation tendency.
The algorithm is based on the assumption that a certain amount of build bias
is required to overcome the natural pendulum tendency of a ‘typical’ BHA.
Therefore, aspects such as the use of stabilized collars, reduced pad pressure,
bit type/profile and the inclination of the well will have an impact.

Applications where the BHA or formation tendency provides a natural hold/build


can result in the tool not holding a smooth tangent, but could go into an unwanted
sinusoidal ’build - drop - build’ profile, with the use of nudge points having the
potential to increase the problem.

5.10.3 Preventing Jamming


Jamming can occur if the upper or lower torquers experience high friction.
This can result in the control unit spinning out of control, in either direction.
Recommendations for avoiding jamming are provided on InTouch content ID
4857556. These recommendations are valid for all tool sizes, but are particularly
applicable for 475 tools.

5.10.4 Optimizing Performance


The steering force from the tool can be varied by changing the flow rate. In
some applications, for example tangent sections, slightly decreasing, or possibly
increasing the flow rate will change the dogleg output and avoid downlinks.
Changing the flow rate may have an effect on hole cleaning so always consult
with the client and toolpusher before changing the flow rate. The flow rate should

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-29 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-29

never be increased to a point where the bit pressure loss exceeds the maximum
recommended (refer to PowerDrive X5 Specifications Reference manual —
InTouch content ID 4459353).

Note: Inclination Hold


When drilling tangent sections consider using Inclination Hold.

The side cutting of the bit can also be optimized by increasing the RPM and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

decreasing the ROP. This has the effect of increasing the number of times the
pads push every unit length. Care should be taken employing this method if the
formation is particularly soft or the inclination is high.

In particularly soft formations, gravity and the side cutting action of the bit
may be the dominant factor in maintaining directional control. In this instance,
increasing the ROP to the maximum allowed for safe hole cleaning or log quality
may improve directional response. This will reduce the effect of gravity induced
sidecutting.

5.10.5 Monitoring Operations

5.10.5.1 RSS Displays


Figure 5-2 RSS Tool Face Display is an example of the RSS Tool Face Display.
The values on the RSS Tool Face Display are taken from the TFDS, PRDS
and TF dpoints.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 5-30 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-30

Figure 5-2: RSS Tool Face Display

Note
The TDFS is displayed by the green arrow on the RSS Display while the TF is
shown by the white arrow and the series of white dots. PRDS is only displayed
numerically.

5.10.5.2 Flow Rates, Temperatures and Pressures


Any increases in pressure should be recorded immediately and the flow rate cut
back until the reason for the pressure increase are established. An increase in
pressure due to a blocked bit nozzle would put a significantly higher pressure
across the Bias Unit seals, which may result in premature system failure.

If you are required to run the tool at the maximum specified flowrate, the exact
pump output of the mud pumps should be established.

For more information on running the tool at a maximum specified flowrate please
refer to InTouch ID 4140119.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-31 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-31

5.10.5.3 Toolface Offsets and Phase Shifts


The tool may exhibit some degree of toolface offset during a run. This may be
caused in a number of ways:

• Bit type and profile.


• Formation trends that need to be overcome.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Bit stick-slip and the ability and speed by which the Control Unit can stabilize.
• General wear on internal components.

Resultant toolface and toolface offset should be monitored and recorded on the
drilling parameter worksheet. Drilling Office can be used to show the resultant
toolface drilled for given settings.

5.10.5.4 Mud Pumps and Pulsation Dampeners


Pump noise does not interfere with the operation of the tool directly, however,
it can be a problem when shallow hole testing the system and obtaining MWD
survey data – particularly continuous D&I.

Pulsation dampener pre-charge pressure should be checked and corrective


action made where necessary.

5.10.5.5 Mud Data


The condition of the mud should be monitored at all times. Any changes to
mud density should be recorded, with the pressure drop across the bit being
recalculated – particularly when operating the tool close to its limitations.

5.11 Downlinking to the Tool

Note
It is recommended to set up an ALARM in the acquisition software to warn you
of any unexpected changes in deviations/steering commands. You can choose
one of the Dpoints related to the Steering command in the rotating frame (TFDS,
PRDS) or even PDSTEER if it is in the same frame. You will receive a red flag if
for any reason the setting is changed.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-32 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-32

5.11.1 Fast Downlink Process


The process of sending a Fast Downlink command to the tool consists of the
following steps:

1. Select a command
2. Check the timing sequence for the command
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3. Send the command (adjust the mud flow using the mud pump)
4. Check the command has been accepted.

5.11.2 Tool Configuration


There is no specific configuration required for fast downlink parameters when
commands are sent manually. The tool always tries to decode manual and
automatic commands.

However, for more information on tool configuration refer to:

• 4.4.1.4 Using the SCB editor (p. 4-26).


• the Software and Firmware section in the Measurement Specifications
chapter of the Specifications manual.

5.11.3 Checking that the Tool is Ready to Receive a


Command
To check if the tool is ready to receive a command either:

• Check the RSS Display Screen, see 5.11.3.1 Checking for Fast Downlink
Command / Status in RSS Display Screen (p. 5-32)
• Check the Timing see 5.11.4 When to Downlink (p. 5-33).

5.11.3.1 Checking for Fast Downlink Command / Status in RSS


Display Screen
Before a command is sent, perform the following:

1 Look for the downlink area on the RSS display.

2 The RSS display should show ’Ready’, see Figure 5-3 RSS Tool Face Display
(p. 5-33).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-33 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-33

Note
When the value is 0 (‘ready for downlink’), a command can be sent. When the
flag is reset to 1 (‘receiving a command’), it means that a command (automatic or
manual) is being sent and that this command must be completed before sending
another one. This flag can easily be checked by looking at the RSS Display: at
any time, either ’Ready’ or ’Receiving’ is displayed in the Downlink Status text
box.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Note
Figure 5-3 RSS Tool Face Display (p. 5-33) may differ to the actual screen
display you see.

Figure 5-3: RSS Tool Face Display

5.11.4 When to Downlink


A downlink command may be sent at anytime whilst drilling, provided the
Minimum and Maximum Flow Rates are specified via the OST Sheet.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-34 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-34

The tool is ready to receive a command when the driller has obeyed the following:

• After the tool has started, wait for the time specified in Table 5-3 for the bit
period you are using before sending a command.

Table 5-3: Wait times before sending a command after tool start up

Bit Period Wait time (minutes)


18 3
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

36 3
60 4

• If you change the flow rate allow 3 bit periods before sending another
command.

5.11.5 Sending a Fast Downlink Command


To send a Fast Downlink command, do the following:

1. Wait for the time specified in Table 5-3 for the bit period you are using to allow
the tool to startup, before sending a Fast Downlink command.
2. Control the flow rate on the surface by using the rig’s pump control dashboard.
3. Keep steady flow conditions for the time specified in Table 5-4 for the bit
period you are using, before varying the flow rate again.

Table 5-4: Total waiting time for keeping the flow stable before sending a DL command

Bit Period Wait time between DLs Wait time if no previous DL in


(minutes) the given time frames (minutes)
18 1.5 1
36 3 2
60 5 3

Note
As the tool will not use a Telemetry Window mode to receive the downlink
commands the directional driller will need to plan the flow rates to be used within
the range in between the minimum and the maximum flow rates.

The provided SCB file for the Fast Downlink software uses the drill map as a
replica of all absolute points that can be selected via the Fast Downlink command
list. However, this is only used to assist the directional driller on visualizing the

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-35 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-35

possible settings. The drill map in the SCB file has no effect on the command list
for Fast Downlink software and only the Fast Downlink command list dictates
the possible settings.

In case a downlink command is to be sent after tool shutdown, allow the tool
an initialization and surveying period before sending a downlink command. All
subsequent downlink commands can be sent without tool shutdown.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Note
Make sure the correct Bit period and command is selected before sending the
command.

Potential Severity: Major


Potential Loss: Assets, Personnel
Hazard Category: Pressure

Before switching into Inclination Hold mode, the tool must be re-started and a
good static survey taken to give an accurate reference inclination. To do this:

1. Go off bottom.
2. Stop rotation.
3. Reset the tool by cycling all the pumps (bring them all down and then up
again).
4. Wait a minimum of 3 minutes for a static survey to complete.
5. Confirm that the survey and inclination measurements are good by checking
the Real Time data d-points BT_b (target inclination) and INCL_B.

Failure to follow these instructions may result in a Service Quality event.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-36 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-36

5.11.6 Understanding the Fast Downlink Commands


Table 5-5: PDX5 Fast Downlink Commands Table

Command Steering Mode 0: Single Mode Understanding the Command


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Set TF = X degrees, SR = Y%:


These are absolute steering setting commands.
By downlinking to any of these points the tool will
automatically switch from whatever steering setting
1-0 Set TF = 0 degrees, SR = 0% it is into the downlinked command. Downlinking
to any absolute steering setting will disengage
Inclination Hold mode. Points falling in the
horizontal line within 50% are no longer engaging
Inclination Hold automatically.
1-1 Set TF = 0 degrees, SR = 25%
1-2 Set TF = 0 degrees, SR = 50%
1-3 Set TF = 0 degrees, SR = 75%
1-4 Set TF = 0 degrees, SR = 100%
1-5 Set TF = 18 degrees, SR = 75%
1-6 Set TF = 18 degrees, SR = 100%
1-7 Set TF = 36 degrees, SR = 50%
1-8 Set TF = 36 degrees, SR = 100%
1-9 Set TF = 45 degrees, SR = 25%
1-10 Set TF = 54 degrees, SR = 75%
1-11 Set TF = 72 degrees, SR = 50%
1-12 Set TF = 72 degrees, SR = 100%
1-13 Set TF = 90 degrees, SR = 25%
1-14 Set TF = 90 degrees, SR = 75%
1-15 Set TF = 90 degrees, SR = 100%
1-16 Set TF = 108 degrees, SR = 50%
1-17 Set TF = 108 degrees, SR = 100%
1-18 Set TF = 126 degrees, SR = 75%
1-19 Set TF = 135 degrees, SR = 25%
1-20 Set TF = 144 degrees, SR = 50%
1-21 Set TF = 144 degrees, SR = 100%
1-22 Set TF = 162 degrees, SR = 75%
1-23 Set TF = 180 degrees, SR = 25%

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-37 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-37

Command Steering Mode 0: Single Mode Understanding the Command

1-24 Set TF = 180 degrees, SR = 50%


1-25 Set TF = 180 degrees, SR = 75%
1-26 Set TF = 180 degrees, SR = 100%
1-27 Set TF = 198 degrees, SR = 75%
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1-28 Set TF = 216 degrees, SR = 50%


1-29 Set TF = 216 degrees, SR = 100%
1-30 Set TF = 225 degrees, SR = 25%
1-31 Set TF = 234 degrees, SR = 75%
Set TF = X degrees, SR = Y%.
These are absolute steering setting commands.
By downlinking to any of these points the tool will
automatically switch from whatever steering setting
2-0 Set TF = 252 degrees, SR = 50% it is into the downlinked command. Downlinking
to any absolute steering setting will disengage
Inclination Hold mode. Points falling in the
horizontal line within 50% are no longer engaging
Inclination Hold automatically.
2-1 Set TF = 252 degrees, SR = 100%
2-2 Set TF = 270 degrees, SR = 25%
2-3 Set TF = 270 degrees, SR = 75%
2-4 Set TF = 270 degrees, SR = 100%
2-5 Set TF = 288 degrees, SR = 50%
2-6 Set TF = 288 degrees, SR = 100%
2-7 Set TF = 306 degrees, SR = 75%
2-8 Set TF = 315 degrees, SR = 25%
2-9 Set TF = 324 degrees, SR = 50%
2-10 Set TF = 324 degrees, SR = 100%
2-11 Set TF = 342 degrees, SR = 75%
2-12 Set TF = 342 degrees, SR = 100%
Increase / Decrease SR by 10%.

2-13 Increase SR by 10% These are commands to increase or decrease


the Steering Ratio on 10% steps. These are
non-effective if in Inclination Hold.
2-14 Decrease SR by 10%
Increase / Decrease TF by 12 degrees.

2-15 Increase TF by 12 degrees These are commands to increase or decrease


the desired TF on 12 degrees steps. These are
non-effective if in Inclination Hold.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-38 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-38

Command Steering Mode 0: Single Mode Understanding the Command

2-16 Decrease TF by 12 degrees


This command engages Inclination Hold with no
sideways correction. If Inclination Hold is already
2-17 Inclination Hold, No Turn Correction
engaged and a turn correction has been applied,
this command resets the turn correction to zero.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

When in Inclination Hold mode, this command


increments turn correction in 12.5% steps. If
Inclination Hold, Increment Turn Correction
2-18 Inclination Hold mode is not active, this command
(More Right)
engages Inclination Hold with a 12.5% right turn
correction.
ROP Range 1 (20–100 ft/hr): This is the default
ROP range. When in Inclination Hold mode, select
2-19 ROP Range 1 (20-100 ft/hr)
the ROP range that matches the actual ROP to
ensure the correct gain is used.
When in Inclination Hold mode, this commands
decrements turn correction in 12.5% steps. If
Inclination Hold, Decrement Turn Correction
2-20 Inclination Hold mode is not active, this command
(More Left)
engages Inclination Hold with a 12.5% left turn
correction.
When in Inclination Hold mode, select the ROP
2-21 ROP Range 2 (80-400 ft/hr) range that matches the actual ROP to ensure the
correct gain is used.
Nudge Up / Down 0.5 Degree: These are
commands to nudge the targeted inclination by
2-22 Nudge Up 0.5 Degree
0.5 degree up or down. Non-effective if not in
Inclination Hold.
2-23 Nudge Down 0.5 Degree
Downlink Bit Period: These are command to
switch in between Downlink Bit Periods. The
tool will always start at 18 seconds Bit Period
(independently of SCB configuration) and that may
2-24 Downlink Bit Period: 18 s
be changed through these downlink commands.
The selection should be based on downlink success
rate. Remember, the 60 seconds Bit Period is
always available.
2-25 Downlink Bit Period: 36 s
2-26 Not used
Gravity / Magnetic Mode: These are commands to
allow selection of either gravitational or magnetic
2-27 Use Gravity Mode
TF mode. Initial setting is dictated by SCB loaded
into the tool.
2-28 Use Magnetic Mode

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-39 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-39

Command Steering Mode 0: Single Mode Understanding the Command

This command opens a small timed window where


the downlinks to disengage and engage PowerV
mode are unlocked. To engage PowerV mode,
2-29 PowerV Unlock/Engage send two 2–29 commands. To disengage PowerV
mode, send a 2–29 command followed by a fixed
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

steering setting. Refer to 5.13 PowerV Mode (p.


5-48) for further information.
2-30 Not Used
2-31 Not Used

Note
Each command follows the same structure. For example, command 1–10 this
means:

• Precursor 1, Command 10
• Look at the command list, and see that it will set the toolface to 54 degrees
and the steering ratio will be 75%.

5.11.7 Determining the Timing Sequence


There are two ways to determine the timing sequence of a Fast Downlink
command:

• Manual Downlink Form, see 5.11.7.1 Determine Fast Downlink Timing


Using Manual Downlink Application (p. 5-40)

Note
The Manual FPWD tab located on the Manual Downlink form is not used
when sending X5 downlink commands. For more information on this tab and
its features please refer to the relevant tool ORM.

• Fast Downlink Timings Excel Spreadsheet, see 5.11.7.2 Determine Fast


Downlink Timing Using the Spreadsheet (p. 5-43)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-40 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-40

5.11.7.1 Determine Fast Downlink Timing Using Manual Downlink


Application
To check the timing using the Manual Downlink form, do the following:

1. Run the Manual Downlink tool using ManualDnlnk.exe.


The Manual Downlink form is displayed.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 5-4: Manual Downlink Form

a. Select Advance > Use Log File.


b. Select Log File > Select Log File.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 5-41 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-41

Figure 5-5: Enter the name for the log file... Form

c. Save the Log File as “JobNumber_Run


Number_CUSerialNumber.txt”.
d. Click Close.
e. Select PowerDriveX5 v5.25 from the Tool drop-down menu.

Figure 5-6: Tool selection on the Manual Downlink Form

Note
Ensure that the latest version of the PowerDrive .XML file replaces the
default version in HSPM.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-42 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-42

f. Select the Bit Period.

Note
The tool will always start at the standard 18 seconds bit period (this is not
programmable through the SCB file). Additionally, the tool always has the
capability of decoding downlinks at 60 second bit period.

g. Click Display to view the graphical representation of the command to


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

be sent. The Command Display screen is displayed, see Figure 5-7


Command Display Form (p. 5-42).

Figure 5-7: Command Display Form

Note
A steady high reference flow is defined and kept steady for 3 * bit periods
before starting the downlink sequence.

2. Click Send. A message appears on the Manual Downlink form advising


when the flow decrease will start. See Figure 5-4.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 5-43 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-43

Figure 5-8: Manual Downlink Form

Note
At the end of a downlink sequence, DO NOT vary the flow rate for 90 seconds.

5.11.7.2 Determine Fast Downlink Timing Using the Spreadsheet


To check a timing sequence using the Fast Downlink Software Timings
spreadsheet perform the following:

1. Open the Fast Downlink Software Timings spreadsheet (see InTouch content
ID 4542210).
2. Select the bit period, precursor and the desired command via the
drop-down menu, see Figure 5-9 Fast Downlink Spreadsheet (p. 5-44).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 5-44 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-44

Figure 5-9: Fast Downlink Spreadsheet

Note
To use the Fast Downlink Timings spreadsheet, ensure the macros and ’VB’
tools are enabled.

3. Start recording the pressure trace of the HSPM throughout the downlink
command, and allow at least 180 seconds for the tool to properly start-up
before sending a downlink command.

Note
A steady high reference flow is defined and kept steady for a 3 * bit period before
starting the downlink sequence.

4. Allow 3 * bit period seconds of steady flow before varying the flow rate again.

5.11.8 Using the Fast Downlink SCB File


The Navigation section of the SCB file is now used only as a visual reference for
the driller and defines the initial steering point of the tool. Figure 5-10 and Figure
5-11 show the parts of the SCB file that are not relevant for Fast Downlinks.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-45 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-45

System Control Block - Version number: NA Job , Run


Printed 12:55:06 Mon 4 Jan 2010
File B:\pdx5_cmf_v5_25\release\SCB\pdx5_v5_25_default.scb ( 10:43:14 10/03/2009 )

The Curre nt Stat us is IH Mod e IGNORE


NAVIGATION
Gravity Steering is alterable (4 pulse telemetry)
16 RPM Anti-clockwise Collar Servo in Neutral period

Navigation table [ 7 * 7 ]
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

( Toolface degrees / proportion pairs )


Initial setting shown in bold
The navigation table matches the primary commands within
Fast Downlink.
0/ 0 0/ 25 0/ 50 0/ 75 0/100 18/ 75 18/100
37/ 50 37/100 45/ 25 53/ 75 72/ 50 72/100 90/ 25
90/ 75 90/100
The navigation map / table is only used for selecting the initial
108/ 50 108/100 127/ 75 135/ 25 143/ 50
143/100 162/ 75 180/steering
25 180/point.
50 180/ 75 180/100 198/ 75
217/ 50 217/100 225/ 25 233/ 75 252/ 50 252/100 270/ 25
270/ 75 270/100 288/NOTE: Ensure
50 288/100 307/that
75 Gravity
315/ 25 or323/
Magnetic
50 is correctly selected for
323/100 342/ 75 the initial
342/100 0/ 0well profile.
0/ 0 This
0/ 0 includes
0/ 0 the selecting of neutral
(0/0%) and PowerV configuration (180/xx% GTF).
DOWNLINK
1 secs Pulse Width at Surface (CU acceptance limits 1 to 2 secs) IGNORE
85 % Pulse height threshold

MECHANICAL
0 degrees Mule shoe phase angle
120 degrees Toolface phase shift

Start up time summar y (No Telemetr y)

RPM Time (secs) Total (m:ss)

Start Mud pumps 0:00


Idle 0 30
0:30
Survey 0 90
2:00
Telemetry window 16 - steer 4
Telemetry filter delay 16 - steer 0 IGNORE
2:04
Drilling Cycle 16 ( Slew C-CW Collar ) 180 (repeating)

Figure 5-10: SCB — Page 1

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-46 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-46

LOGGING
200 ms Fast data sample rate
30 % Slow data partition
60 % Fast data partition
3 % Diagnostic data partition
7 % Telemetry data partition

30 secs between start and first survey


3 mins between all subsequent surveys

3 secs Survey synchronisation period


27 secs Slow log period
15 secs Fast log delay
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

3 secs Fast log period

CONTROL
0 RPM Threshold high level
0 RPM Threshold low level

SERVO
0 Control for Main/Auxilary Pwm enable
( Both Normal ) IGNORE
0 % Main PWM
0 % Auxillary PWM

FLOW (Not part of SCB)


These values are held in the Windows Registry
490 USGPM Normal flow rate
340 USGPM Low flow rate ( in Telemetry pulses )
30 secs Falling Time Constant
30 secs Rising Time Constant

SCB ID 02

SCB Editor

Figure 5-11: SCB — Page 2

5.11.9 Checking that the Command has been Accepted


Once a command has been sent to the tool check it has been correctly received
by looking at the value of the updated d-point on the RSS Display screen, for
example:

• PD Steer
• TFDS
• PRDS

For more information on d-points, refer to Appendix A Real-Time Data (p. A-1).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-47 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-47

5.12 Inclination Hold

5.12.1 Engaging Inclination Hold


Before engaging Inclination Hold, you must perform a good static survey to give
you an accurate reference inclination. To do this:
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1. Go off bottom.
2. Stop rotation.
3. Cycle the pumps to reset the tool (bring the pumps down and back up again).
4. Wait at least 3 minutes for a static survey to be taken.
5. Check that you have a good survey and inclination measurement by using
Real Time data dpoints BT_b (target inclination) and INCL_b (inclination).
6. Downlink to engage Inclination Hold.

Command Effect
2-17 Engage Inclination Hold, with no turn correction
2-18 Engage Inclination Hold, with 12.% turn correction to the right
2-20 Engage Inclination Hold, with 12.5% turn correction to the left

Inclination Hold is engaged, and the tool is automatically switched to GTF.

5.12.2 Applying Turn Correction


When in Inclination Hold mode, turn correction can be adjusted in 12.5% steps
using a downlink command shown in Table 5-6.

Table 5-6: Turn Correction Commands

Command Effect
2-18 12.5% turn correction to the right

2-20 12.5% turn correction to the left

If, for instance, you want to apply a 50% turn correction to the left, send
command 2-20 four times.

Turn correction can be reset to zero by sending command 2–17.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-48 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-48

5.12.3 Rate of Penetration Ranges


Inclination Hold mode has a downlinkable ROP range, which should be changed
to match the actual ROP. This ensures that the correct gain is used, and you
achieve the desired response. When the tool is initialized it will default to ROP
range 1 (20-100ft/hr).

Command ROP Range


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

2-19 ROP Range 1 (20-100ft/hr)


2-21 ROP Range 2 (80-400ft/hr)

5.12.4 Disengaging Inclination Hold Mode


To disengage Inclination Hold mode, downlink any absolute steering setting. The
tool will stay in GTF, using the new steering setting.

5.13 PowerV Mode


PowerV mode provides a protection mechanism to prevent the tool getting out of
180 deg/100% as a result of false downlinks. When in PowerV mode, the tool
only reacts to downlink commands to unlock disengage PowerV mode, and to
change the downlink bit period.

PowerV mode can be engaged by sending a series of two downlink commands.


If a tool is programmed with a 180 deg/100% steering setting, PowerV mode is
automatically engaged.

Sending the initial PowerV downlink command opens a short timed window
during which commands to engage and disengage PowerV mode are recognized.

5.13.1 Engaging PowerV Mode


If the tool is programmed and initialized with a 180 deg/100% steering setting, it
will automatically engage PowerV mode

Otherwise, PowerV mode can be engaged as follows:

1. Send the PowerV Unlock/Engage downlink command (2–29).


2. Within the next 30-bit period window, send a second PowerV Unlock/Engage
downlink command (2–29).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-49 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-49

It is recommended that this second command is sent between 5 and 10


bit periods after the first. This allows the flow rate to settle and prevent
downlinks being rejected due to quiet period signal level checks, but ensures
the second command falls within the window.
For example, if the tool is in a fixed 0 deg/100% MTF setting with an 18
second bit period, the following timings could be used to engage PowerV
mode:

Time Action
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

00:00:00 Start downlink of first PowerV Unlock/Engage command (18 second bit rate)
00:03:54 End of downlink. Wait at least 5 bit periods (5 x 18 secs = 90 secs)
00:05:30 Start downlink of second PowerV Unlock/Engage command (18 second bit rate)
00:09:24 End of downlink. At start of next drill cycle, the tool will go to PowerV mode
with 180 degree/100% GTF steering setting

Note
If you are following the timings on the Fast Downlink spreadsheet, the second
downlink can be sent immediately after the end of the first.

5.13.2 Disengaging PowerV Mode


The only way to disengage PowerV mode is to send a sequence of two downlink
commands. The first is the PowerV Unlock/Engage command, which opens a
30-bit period long window. During this time, a fixed steering setting must be
downlinked to take the tool out of PowerV mode.

When PowerV mode is disengaged, the tool will automatically switch to magnetic
toolface mode (MTF).

To disengage PowerV mode:

1. Send the PowerV Unlock/Engage command (2–29).


2. Within the next 30-bit period window, send a fixed steering setting.
It is recommended that this second command is sent between 5 and 10
bit periods after the first. This allows the flow rate to settle and prevent
downlinks being rejected due to quiet period signal level checks, but ensures
the second command falls within the window.
For example, if the tool is in PowerV mode with an 18 second bit period,
and you want a fixed 0 deg/100% MTF setting, the following timings could
be used:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-50 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-50

Time Action
00:00:00 Start downlink of PowerV Unlock/Engage command (18 second bit rate)

00:03:54 End of downlink. Wait at least 5 bit periods (5 x 18 secs = 90 secs)


00:05:30 Start downlink of fixed steering command, in this case 1–4 (Set TF = 0 degrees,
SR = 100%) for fixed 0 degree/100% MTF setting (18 second bit rate)
00:09:24 End of downlink. At start of next drill cycle, the tool will go to 0 degree/100%
MTF steering setting
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Note
If you are following the timings on the Fast Downlink spreadsheet, the second
downlink can be sent immediately after the end of the first.

5.14 Pulling Out of the Hole (POOH)


During circulation and subsequent pulling out of hole, ensure that the maximum
prescribed flow-rate is not exceeded. If backreaming is done while pulling out
of the hole, refer to section 5.6 Reaming and Back-Reaming (p. 5-18) for
operational points to consider.

Depending on the reasons for pulling out of hole, a SHT may be performed. This
data is particularly valuable if there has been a suspected downhole failure of
the system. Record the pressure trace output on DSPScope for comparison to
original inbound test.

5.14.1 Tool Lay Down

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Process
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools, Potential energy

If fitted, the flow restrictor MUST be removed from the Bias Unit on breaking
the bit. Under no circumstances should the Bias Unit be run back through the
rotary table with a restrictor in place and no bit connected. Failure to comply has
resulted in NPT being recorded against SLB.

The driller and floor hands must be informed of the presence of the flow restrictor
in the Bias Unit – this should be clearly identified on the Fishing Diagrams for
the assembly.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-51 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-51

Following breaking of the bit, the assembly should be lifted so that the hole cover
can be placed below the bit breaker, this is to prevent the restrictor dropping into
the hole as the bit is unscrewed. The flow restrictor should then be removed
using the specific J-slot key and an appropriate slide hammer. The assembly is
only retained by the two external O-rings, however it may be found that two or
three knocks are required to ease removal.

Following the removal of the bit and flow restrictor (if fitted), the assembly can
be laid out as per ongoing operations (i.e. end of section / bit change / renewal
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

of Bias Unit, etc.).

All equipment should be washed down and visually inspected for external
damage. Ensure that thread protectors are installed before the tool exits the
V-door.

Lay down all associated equipment as required, this may include:

• Stabilizers
• Receivers
• Crossovers
• Float subs — (remove float prior to laying out)
• Flex joint
• In-Line Flex

5.14.2 Bias/Steering Unit System Inspection


Inspect the Bias Unit by:

• Checking the exterior of the Bias Unit, looking for the general extent of pad
wear and to make sure that all exterior components are present.
• Checking for hinge wear and bushing integrity, washing around the seals,
and any other damage.
• Checking to see if the filter is obviously blocked.
• Rinsing the Bias Unit with water and then move it to a safe working area.

5.14.3 Control Unit System Inspection


Inspect the Control Unit by:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-52 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-52

• Checking for any collar damage and free rotation of the unit. With the CU
removed from its collar check the free rotation of both impellers, the condition
of the anti vibration mounts and examine for ingress of drilling fluid into the
communications port.
• Downloading the memory and check that all downlink commands were
correctly received.
InTouch Support contains example interpretations.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

5.14.4 E-Mag Receiver and Real Time Flex System


Inspection
Inspect the E-Mag Link Receiver by:

• Checking for any evidence of damage.


• Checking and gauge the stabilizer sleeve—if sleeve has been broken, mark
the joint as loose.
• Making sure that the extender caps are replaced. Refer to the Extender
ORM (InTouch ID 3965697).

5.14.5 Downloading Control Unit Data Logs


1 Setup the tool as per section 4.3 Downhole Equipment Setup (p. 4-7).

2 Start ToolScope and open the ToolScope Manager window.

3 On the ToolScope Manager window select the appropriate Bit Run for the
data that you want to download and then select PowerDrive from the list of
Tools. Click on Start ToolScope.

4 Complete the initial communications as per section 4.4.1.3 Initial


Communication (p. 4-24) steps 1 to 7.

5 Select >Process >Dump Memory >All

6 Save the data to file dumpa.

If the unit times out whilst dumping, retry but dump to dumpb.rfd, etc., retry
up to three times.

7 When the data dump is complete switch off control unit power, remove the
wand connector and replace the control unit connector cover.

8 Select Process>Process Raw Data This opens a new window.

9 Click on Browse and select the dumpa.rfd file

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
5-53 PowerDrive X5 OM / Job Execution 5-53

10 Click on Browse and select the SCB file, dumpa.scb

11 Click OK to convert the dump file

12 In toolscope, select Utilities >PDLA

13 Select File >Open and select the relevant file then click OK.

14 Click on New and select the curves to display, then click OK.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-i

6 Data Interpretation and Analysis


6.1 Data Log Aquisition ____________________________________________ 6-1
6.2 Data Log Records : Structure and Types of _____________________ 6-1
6.2.1 Basic Structure of any Record ________________________________ 6-1
6.2.2 Structure of Timestamp Records ______________________________ 6-2
6.2.3 Fast Data Records ___________________________________________ 6-2
6.2.4 Slow Data Records __________________________________________ 6-3
6.2.5 Telemetry Data Records ______________________________________ 6-4
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

6.2.6 Telemetry Data Diagnostic Records ___________________________ 6-5


6.2.7 Shock Data Records _________________________________________ 6-6
6.3 Data Log Memory Descriptions and Partitions __________________ 6-6
6.3.1 Data Log Memory : Partition Examples ________________________ 6-6
6.3.2 Data Log Memory: Communications Module ___________________ 6-6
6.3.3 Data Log Memory: Processing ________________________________ 6-9
6.3.4 Toolscope Overview __________________________________________ 6-9
6.4 Fast Downlink : Interpreting the CTL File _______________________ 6-9

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-1

6 Data Interpretation and Analysis none

This chapter describes PowerDrive data acquisition methodology and data


interpretation.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

6.1 Data Log Aquisition


There are two basic data types; fast and slow. Fast data channels are digitized
every 10 milliseconds via a 16-bit ADC on the CU’s processor board. Fast
channels indicate the ’immediate’ or dynamic behavior of the CU. Slow data
channels present static position with respect to the earths gravitational and
magnetic fields. They are also used to derive survey-related parameters such
as inclination. There are eight Slow channels which are digitized at the rate of
one set every 200 milliseconds.

Data Types Description


Fast Data Acquisition Each fast channel is presented as a unipolar 0 to 4.5 volt analog
signal from which the 16-bit ADC yields unsigned value 0 to 65536.
Bipolar signals are offset by ± 2.5 V. These yield digitized values
from which 32768 is subtracted to give signed values in the range
-32768 to +32768.
Slow Data Acquisition Slow data channels are digitized every 10 ms but only processed
every 200 ms. Because of the slow acquisition mechanism, the
quality of these channels degrades when the CU rotates.

6.2 Data Log Records : Structure and Types of

6.2.1 Basic Structure of any Record


Basic Structure of any Record

The basic structure of any record is;

Term Definition
Record ID identifies purpose of record
Byte count number of bytes following
Time hours
Time minutes

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-2

Time seconds
Time ticks (units of 5 milliseconds)
Data ’byte count’ - 5 bytes of data
Checksum byte linear sum of all bytes in record is zero modulo 256.

6.2.2 Structure of Timestamp Records


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Structure of Timestamp Record

The exception is a timestamp record which has the following format;

Term Definition
Record ID identifies purpose of record
Byte count number of bytes following
Date Year 0 to 99
Date Month 1 to 12
Date Day 1 to 31
Date DoW 0 to 6
Time hours
Time minutes
Time seconds
Time ticks (units of 5 milliseconds)
Checksum byte linear sum of all bytes in record is zero modulo 256

The total size occupied by any record is ’byte count’ + 2.

6.2.3 Fast Data Records


There are 19 channels of data in fast data records found in the fast and diagnostic
data logs. The first sixteen are single-byte values, some signed, some unsigned.

Table 6-1: Comms Module Records

Parameter Description Data Range Physical Range


RPM T1 Lower Torquer RPM 0 to 255 0 to 2500 rpm
relative to CU body
RPM T2 Upper Torquer RPM 0 to 255 0 to 2500 rpm
relative to CU body
vbatt Battery voltage 0 to 255 20mV/bit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-3

Eight channels from the Sensor module processor’s ADCs:

Table 6-2: Sensor Module Records

Parameter Description Data Range Physical Range


Rx Roll Gyro (+ve = CW) -128 to +127 (5.55 per rpm)
Ry Demand rate -128 to +127
(approx=Rx in roll
mode)
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Bx2 Earth’s magnetic field -128 to +127


on X
By2 Earth’s magnetic field -128 to +127
on Y
Cx Field in collar magnet -128 to +127
plane on X
Cy Field in collar magnet -128 to +127
plane on Y
A2x Derived from ax - Used for diagnostic
obsolete purposes
A2y Derived from ay - Used for diagnostic
obsolete purposes

Three channels are calculated in real-time and represent the behavior of the
servo software:

Table 6-3: Real-Time Calculated Records

Parameter Description Data Range


MainPwm Torque demand on Lower 0 to 8900 (0 to 99% of LT
torquer capability CCW)
AuxPwm Torque demand on Upper 0 to 8900 (0 to 99% of UT
torquer capability CW)
PosSum Internal servo error term -8000 to +8000 typically

The last three values are two-byte values. Fast records have 22 bytes of
application data.

6.2.4 Slow Data Records


There are eight channels of data in slow data records. They are all signed
two-byte values as shown in Table 6-4.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-4

Table 6-4: Slow Data Records

Parameter Description
Gx Component of earths Gravity acting on CU X
axis
Bx Component of earths Magnetic field acting on
CU X axis
Gy Component of earths Gravity acting on CU Y
axis
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

By Component of earths Magnetic field acting on


CU Y axis
Gz Component of earths Gravity acting on CU Z
axis
Bz Component of earths Magnetic field acting on
CU Z axis
Vr0 Zero-reference offset (Not used)
Vt Temperature

The values are calibrated in real-time into units of 0.1 milliG and 10 nanoTesla.
Temperature is presented in units of 0.1 degC.

6.2.5 Telemetry Data Records


A telemetry data record holds diagnostic data that gives the status and an
interpretation of any command downlinked to the tool. If no downlink is sent the
record indicates ’No pulses received’. This data is compatible with ToolScope.

Note
A telemetry data record may contain multiple entries that are not actual
downlinks. These are included for Schlumberger diagnostic purposes and can
be ignored. They should not be confused with actual downlinks or “phantom”
downlinks.

The fields in the *.CTL table have the following meanings:

Field Description Unit


Time The point at which (in Control Unit
time) the full precursor and command
were identified. Typically it is around
the last low-to-high transition.
RPM1av Energy of the precursor arbitrary
RPM2av Energy of the quiet bits before the arbitrary
precursor

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-5

Field Description Unit


PWMav Energy of the command arbitrary
Sp1 Energy of the quiet bits after the arbitrary
command (when applicable1)
2
Sp2 Precursor
Sp3 Precursor correlation level percent
3
Sp4 Command
P1 Command correlation level percent
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

P2 Bit period of received seconds


precursor/command. Valid values are
18, 36 and 60
P3 Normal mode: Toolface degrees / 1/10 degrees
Inclination Hold mode: Target
Inclination
P4 Normal mode: Proportion percent / 1/10 percent
Inclination Hold mode: Turn Correction
Build N/A
Turn N/A
Mode FDL Receiver ID
1 = Auto (18 or 36 second bit period)
2 = Manual (60 second bit period)
Status System diagnostics
TF N/A
Prop N/A
1
The energy check after the command pattern is only performed for commands 1–10 and 1–11 downlinks
received at 18 second bit rate.
2
Valid precursor values are 1 and 2. Any other value in this field signifies that the record is for Schlumberger
diagnostic purposes only and should be ignored.
3
The valid range of commands is from 0 to 31 inclusive. Any other value in this field signifies that the record
is for Schlumberger diagnostic purposes only and should be ignored.

6.2.6 Telemetry Data Diagnostic Records


The CU logs its view of flow rate. The resulting trace can be viewed in PDLA
(PowerDrive Log Analyzer, available in ToolScope) and should give evidence of
the quality of the changing flow rate through the downlink pulse sequence.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-6

6.2.7 Shock Data Records


The CU logs shock events per minute for all the time that it is powered. Due to
the low data rate the values are bundled into groups of ten and a shock log
record is saved after every ten minutes has elapsed. The shock transducer
registers radial events exceeding 55G. The level is established in hardware and
is not user-configurable. The shock log trace can be viewed in PDLA.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

6.3 Data Log Memory Descriptions and Partitions

6.3.1 Data Log Memory : Partition Examples


The following tables show how a typical Control Module memory may be
partitioned, and typical SCB settings.

Table 6-5: Typical Partition Settings

Partition type Percentage of memory (%)


Fast 60
Slow 30
Telemetry 7
Diagnostic 3

Table 6-6: Typical SCB Settings

SCB settings Value


Fast Log Period 3 sec
Slow Log Period 27 sec
Fast Sample Rate 0.2 sec
SCB Drill Cycle Time 180 sec
SCB Subsequent Surveys 180 sec
Slow Sample Rate 0.2 sec
Cycles per logged survey 1
Time between logged surveys 180 sec

6.3.2 Data Log Memory: Communications Module


Partition details are provided in Table 6-7, based on the typical settings given in
Table 6-5 and Table 6-6.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-7

For most partitions, fill rate is measured in bytes per hour, and the log length is a
period of time. For the Telemetry Log partition, fill rate is measured in bytes per
downlink, and the log length is a number of downlinks.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 6-8

Table 6-7: Data Log Memory Partition Details

Private
Partition Log Type Memory Raw Memory Calculation Partition Record Fill Rate Log Length1
Type data file Size size (bytes/hr)
Total Total Total
extension (bytes) (bytes)
Minutes Hours Days
Gamma FLAT FLASH rgd FIXED SIZE 65536 31 744 5285.16 88.09 3.67
Fast FLAT FLASH rfd 60 * 2031616 / (60+30) 1354410 28 8400 9674.36 161.24 6.72
Slow FLAT FLASH rsd 30 * 2031616 / (60+30) 677205 22 59400 684.05 11.40 0.48
Diagnostic CIRCULAR SRAM rdg 3 * 474890 / (3+7) 142467 28 504000 16.96 0.28 0.01
Telemetry Diagnostic CIRCULAR SRAM rtd 7 * 474890 / (3+7) 332423 26 3120 6392.75 106.55 4.44
Shock CIRCULAR SRAM rkd FIXED SIZE 20480 26 156 7876.92 131.28 5.47

Partition Log Type Memory Raw Memory Calculation Partition Record Fill Rate Log Length (downlinks)
Type data file Size size (bytes/
extension (bytes) (bytes) downlink)
PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis

Telemetry Log CIRCULAR SRAM rtl FIXED SIZE 20480 36 36 5285.16


1
Each power-up time-stamp uses 10 bytes from each partition, reducing the log length.

Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


6-8
6-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-9

6.3.3 Data Log Memory: Processing


Data records are logged into the CU memory in real-time according to governing
parameters in the SCB. Post-run the log partition contents are dumped to file
in Intellec format.

ToolScope has processing facilities to convert raw (effectively binary) data into
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

tabulated text form. The converted files are identified by extension .cxx from raw
files .rxx. Converted files are plaintext and can be viewed graphically using
PDLA. They can also be directly read or imported into Excel if any custom
post-processing or analysis is needed.

6.3.4 Toolscope Overview


ToolScope provides all the facilities required to operate PowerDrive in the field. It
covers program installation, SCB configuration and loading and tool initialization
before running-in; selection of new steering commands and preparation of
downlink pulse timing scripts while the tool is downhole; log dumping, processing
and presentation post-run. Additionally it has many features relevant to R&M
procedures.

ToolScope is completely independent of E-Mag; in order to view real-time data


from the Control Unit in real or simulated downhole mode a means of viewing
LTB data or a full uplink simulator and surface system are required.

6.4 Fast Downlink : Interpreting the CTL File


The CTL headings have been revised, however, it still can be interpreted as
follows:

• Time is the point at which (in CU time) the full Precursor + Command has
been identified. Typically it is around the last low-to-high transition.
• RPM1av is the energy ratio in between precursor and quiet period before
precursor. The check has been added to prevent PowerDrive from taking
commands that are not addressed to the PowerDrive tool or are being
generated by noise sources such as stick and slip.

• RPM2av is the energy ratio in between command and quiet period after
command. The fast downlink engine will now check for a quiet period after the
command only if in 18 second bit period and if matched precursor/command

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-10

is 1/10 or 1/11. The check has been added to prevent PowerDrive from
taking commands that are not addressed to the PowerDrive tool or are being
generated by noise sources such as stick and slip.
• Sp1 = 1 Auto (18/36/54 second Bit Period); = 2 Manual (60 second Bit Period)

• Sp2 is Precursor
• Sp3 is Precursor correlation factor %. This number defines how well the
received Precursor matches the built in pattern.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Sp4 is Command
• P1 is Command correlation factor %. This number defines how well the
received command matches the built in pattern.

• P2 is bit period of Precursor / Command (18/36/54/60)


• P3 is Toolface when in Normal Mode / Target Inclination when in IH Mode.

• P4 is Proportion when in Normal Mode / Azimuth when in IH Mode.


• Status is ’a system diagnostic’ value.

• PWMav, Build, Turn, Mode, TF and Prop are not relevant.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
6-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Data Interpretation and Analysis 6-11

Example
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Figure 6-1: Example CTL Log File

In Figure 6-1 you can see 3 downlink commands logged in the CTL file. The
first command accepted by the tool at 7.07 shows that it was sent using 18
second bit period (from P2). The command sent was 1–4 from Sp2 and Sp4 with
correlation factors of 94% for precursor and 94% for command from Sp3 and P1
respectively. The tool has been set to highside in 100% from P3 and P4.

The second command received by the tool at 7.48 is a 2–17 command (Engage
Inclination Hold and no azimuth). In this case (in Inclination Hold mode) P3 and
P4 shows that the target inclination is 74.6 at time of inclination hold engagement
(from P3) and there is no correction in azimuth (0 from P4).

The last example received at 8.14 is a nudge up command (2–22) from Sp2 and
Sp4, which added half a degree to the target inclination (75.1 on P3).

Note
• If Sp4 and P4 is not displayed in the CTL file, re-process the raw data
selecting 4 pulses telemetry in SCB file Navigation option.
• CTS files will not show the summarized results for downlink commands as in
previous versions due to changes performed on the CTL file.
• If the value logged for Sp4 equals 32, that means that either the command
correlation factor (SP4) or the command signal to noise ratio (RPM2av) is
below threshold. In this case, the tool will log the result but will not act on
it. If the Precursor correlation factor or signal to noise ratio check for the
precursor fails, the result is not logged or accepted.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Maintenance 7-i

7 Maintenance
7.1 vorteX Regular Wellsite Checks ________________________________ 7-1
7.2 vorteX Post Run Maintenance __________________________________ 7-1
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Maintenance 7-1

7 Maintenance none

Generally, for X5 there are no wellsite maintenance procedures.

However, if you are using the vorteX service, the following sections apply.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

7.1 vorteX Regular Wellsite Checks


No maintenance should be required before running in the hole. The motor must
be received on the rig as per the specifications requested. In that respect, the job
should be prepared by the engineer who will be in charge at the rig site. Dump
valve maintenance should be avoided at the rig site.

When the motor is received, the engineer in charge must check the configuration
versus the requirements:

1. Tool size and serial number.


2. Stator S/N for lobe configuration and elastomer type and size.
3. Stabilizer gauge and/or sleeve to be made-up.
4. Bottom/top connections.
5. Dump valve ports/plugs.

Also, check the following:

• The box threads are shoulder damage prone, and must remain protected
at all times.
• The lifting sub should be used while making-up or laying down the motor.
Lifting with hooks in the threads is prohibited.
• A visual inspection must be performed to detect any defects/damages while
shipping immediately after reception at the rig site.

7.2 vorteX Post Run Maintenance


• The motor has to be washed with fresh water after the run is completed. This
is normally done when the motor hangs in the elevators. The dump valve will
remain open if the rig pumps are not used. When a hose is used, it will be

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
7-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Maintenance 7-2

necessary to turn the drive shaft to the right to flush the motor, with a back-up
tong holding the bearing housing. With oil base mud, the motor should be
flushed in the V-door due to possible water contamination.
• Before stacking, mineral oil should be poured into the motor, using the same
technique. This should prevent sticking between rotor and stator, and will
allow some lubrication of the mud lubricated bearing before the next run
or maintenance. Never use diesel.
• Minimize direct sun exposure, especially in tropical/equatorial areas.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Store the motor away from possible chemical contaminants, and at least
three feet above the deck level.

Detailed flushing procedures can be found in the D&M Corrosion Control


Guidelines — InTouch 4359320.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-i

8 Troubleshooting
8.1 Troubleshooting Surface Test Failures _________________________ 8-2
8.2 Magnetic Interference __________________________________________ 8-4
8.3 Real Time Link Failures ________________________________________ 8-4
8.4 Troubleshooting Downlinking Failures _________________________ 8-5
8.5 Troubleshooting Dogleg Failures _______________________________ 8-5
8.6 ROP and Motor-Related Failure _________________________________ 8-8
8.7 Abnormal Operations __________________________________________ 8-9
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

8.7.1 Downhole Shocks Reduction _________________________________ 8-9


8.7.2 Stick-Slip Reduction __________________________________________ 8-9
8.7.3 Rough Drilling: Cause, Detection and Reduction _______________ 8-9
8.7.4 Reduction of Drill String Vibration/Resonance _________________ 8-10
8.7.5 How to free a Stuck Pipe ____________________________________ 8-15
8.7.6 Prevention of Drill Collar Corrosion ___________________________ 8-15
8.7.7 Taking a Kick _______________________________________________ 8-17
8.7.8 Jamming Events ____________________________________________ 8-18
8.7.9 Pumping LCM and Pills Guidelines ___________________________ 8-18
8.7.9.1 PDX5 Pumping LCM and Pills Guidelines _________________ 8-19
8.7.10 Pumping Pills and Sweeps __________________________________ 8-20
8.8 Control Unit Logging Parameters ______________________________ 8-20
8.9 Measuring Sand Concentration in Mud Systems _______________ 8-24

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-1

8 Troubleshooting none

Initial Troubleshooting Actions

Good preparation and active preventive maintenance procedures can limit


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

the number of problems which impact service quality. To minimize the impact
of problems:

1. Prepare jobs carefully and follow a preventive maintenance policy.


2. If a problem arises, carefully note the symptoms.
3. Identify the problem and carry out basic troubleshooting.
4. While troubleshooting:

• Always have a plan before you start. A Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) is an
example of a plan.
• Document everything you do. It is hard to remember what you did and in
what sequence after the events.
• Always isolate one function or possible problem at a time
• Do not remove or change several functions/components at the same time
• Start from the least difficult e.g. the ROP cable and work your way to the
computer before changing out the tool.

The chances of damaging or destroying another tool are great when these
basic steps are not followed.
5. If you cannot identify and correct a problem, do not re-use the equipment.
This is particularly critical for downhole equipment and intermittent failures.

The key to a true solution of a problem lies in the correct diagnosis of that
problem.

Note
If you cannot identify and correct a problem in a downhole tool string, the entire
downhole tool string must be laid down and the backup run in its place.

Types of Failures

Troubleshooting can be broken down into various types of failures, which are
associated to a task or observation that the DD may see at the surface.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-2

8.1 Troubleshooting Surface Test Failures

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Under no circumstance should a tool that has had three unsuccessful tests
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

be run in hole.

If a Surface Test fails, first check the following:

1. stand pipe is lined up correctly


2. stand pipe pressure is as expected
3. ensure flow is going through the tool
4. flow rate is as expected.

If the above does not cure the fault, Table 8-1 should be used to isolate the
problem.

Table 8-1: Failed Surface Test

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
No collar magnets Check for collar magnets
No rotary valve or rotary valve return
No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
spring (rotary plunger pin)
Cold weather may cause ice or Elastomer bearings
tend to set when not used for an extended time. Pull
Jammed mag housing to control unit
Flow simultaneously control unit out of collar and check for free rotation
body caused by too much bearing
from all 3 pads of mag housing relative to control unit body. If it is
friction or debris
a rerun tool, there are too many possibilities, do
not use.
No O-rings on spider Pick up backup tool
Control unit electronic failure Pick up backup tool
No ROP plug fitted Pick up backup tool — this tool is mud invaded
Mis-aligned spider No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
No anti-rotation plug fitted No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
No flow from any pads Pad piston exhaust port plugged No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Detached spider stator No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Blocked filter No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
No flow or reduced flow Check for obvious plugging, but it could be plugged
Pad piston exhaust port plugged
from one or two pads deep in the tool body

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-3

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Magnetic interference causing erratic
control unit rotation, i.e. rotor goes Refer to section 8.2 Magnetic Interference (p. 8-4).
quickly past one port giving reduced Rotate collar 90° and retry, raise the collar and retry.
output
Muleshoe/control shaft lengths Verify muleshoe lengths, (break connections
incorrect (too long or too short) between collar and extension sub)
No flow or reduced flow Verify straightness of shafts (break connections
Muleshoe/control shaft misaligned
from one or two pads between collar and extension sub)
Check hydraulics blocked nozzles, nozzle size,
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Bit pressure drop too high restrictions, flow restrictor nozzle on PD475 upside
down (refer to MM drawings), etc.
Flow rate too low Check flow rate on Control Unit OST label
No ROP plug fitted Pick up backup tool — this tool is mud invaded
Impeller jammed to collar Visually inspect inside of control collar
Timing not as expected Incorrect or wrong SCB Verify tool SCB against OST paperwork
Refer to section 8.2 Magnetic Interference (p. 8-4).
Magnetic interference Rotate collar 90° and retry. Raise the collar and
retry.
Failed Sensor Module No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Cannot do 16 rpm No collar magnets Check for collar magnets
Flow rate too low not enough torque Check flow rate on Control Unit OST label
Failed lower torquer/controller No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Roll gyro failed No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Cannot do 2/4 rpm Check which downlink mode has been selected
(not applicable for Fast Downlink mode (only 4 RPM During Downlink should be used).
Downlink) Follow correct SHT procedure.
Failed lower torquer/controller No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
Reload SCB see section 4.4.1.5 Opening the SCB
Incorrect or wrong SCB
file (p. 4-28).
Cannot stabilize during
Sensor module failure No recommended rig solution, pick up backup tool
drill cycle
Tool in gravity mode unable to find
Tilt tool slightly (1 to 2 degree) and repeat SHT
high side
E-Mag transmitter or receiver faulty Replace the Control Unit or the Receiver
Extenders faulty or incorrect length Troubleshoot extenders
No or wrong real time
Signal attenuated by conductive Raise tool so that hangar bolts are above rotary
communications (data
material table and clear of nearby metal
or time-out signals)
Wrong or incorrect frame loaded in Verify frame to ensure correct d-points are loaded.
the MWD tool Follow MWD tool SHT troubleshooting.
Verify flow rate is not outside tool limits or that driller
Flow rates outside tool specification
is bringing pumps up correctly

If the above does not identify a fault, replace with the backup tool and retest.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-4

8.2 Magnetic Interference


High levels of magnetic interference affect the ability of the Control Unit to
maintain the demanded rotation rate during neutral periods of the drill cycle.
This is caused by swamping the signal provided by the collar magnets mounted
externally on the Control Unit Collar. These magnets typically provide 4x nominal
earths field and are used by the flux gate magnetometers to reference the
speed of the Control Unit to that of the Collar. As both the start-up period and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

static survey rotation rates are controlled by the roll rate gyro, these intervals
are unaffected by magnetic inference. Magnetic interference can also affect the
biasing period of the drill cycle when the tool is programmed for a magnetic
toolface (MTF).

If you suspect magnetic interference, do the following:

1. Check the rig site area for any potential interference sources - such as
generators or equipment drawing high current load.
2. Try to ensure that the Sensor Module, located relative to collar magnets on
the collar exterior is clear of local interference such as the rotary table, a
latched tong, Iron Roughneck etc.
3. Rotate the string by +/-90 degrees to alter any potential alignments with
the local interference field.

8.3 Real Time Link Failures


Table 8-2: Real Time Link Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Extender failure Consider POOH
Casing or conductive fluid Drill 15 m ahead of casing or bring tool to a depth
where it last worked
No or corrupted data Failed control unit Consider POOH
transmitted to surface
(default values or error
codes seen at surface)
Failed MWD/LWD Troubleshoot MWD/LWD tool as per relevant
ORM/UOP, discuss with client to consider relevance
of RT data in drilling program. Decide whether to
POOH or drill ahead with client consent.
Incorrect frame transmitted/decoded Check surface system and troubleshoot MWD tool

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-5

8.4 Troubleshooting Downlinking Failures


If a downlink is not accepted, the previous downlink setting is maintained.

The 60 second bit rate can be used at any time — no downlink is needed to
change to the 60 second bit period. Increasing the bit period improves the signal
to noise ratio and makes downlinks more reliable.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Table 8-3: Downlinking Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Flow rates too high or too low Verify flow rate against maximum drilling and
minimum drilling flow rates
Wrong downlink sequence Verify timing and resend
Slow pump response Try using the 60 seconds manual bit rate period.
Mud properties (compressibility, Try using the 60 seconds manual bit rate period.
viscosity) / deep wells
Real time link failure Check other D-points from the tool and verify tool
directional response
Command not recognized Downlink using the maximum achievable drop in
Downlink not received flow (remember to set low pulse above minimum
drilling flow). It may help to pull off bottom and slow
collar rotation to 20-40 rpm.
If downlinks keep failing, increasing the bit period
to 36 or 60 seconds may help. The 60 second
manual downlink bit period can be used to change
the bit period. Increasing the bit period improves the
signal to noise ratio but may also reduce downlink
correlation in very shallow wells (well time constant
< 9s).

Note
If an error is made during downlinking, cycle the pumps immediately and
maintain steady flow conditions for four minutes before resending. If the downlink
is aborted but the pumps are not cycled immediately , there is a risk of the
tool receiving the wrong command. To avoid this, do not interrupt a downlink
command.

8.5 Troubleshooting Dogleg Failures


If the tool does not perform as expected, check the following:

• verify predicted dogleg capability for BHA against offset well data
• verify hydraulics.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-6

Note: PowerDrive vorteX


With PowerDrive vorteX, the motor bearings divert a percentage of the flow,
which is a function of the radial bearing clearance, the amount of flow going
through the RSS tool will reduce, and the amount of pressure drop available at
the pads will reduce as well. This could reduce the force available at the pads
and cause dogleg failures.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

If the above does not cure the fault, Table 8-4 should be used to isolate the
problem.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-7

Table 8-4: Incorrect or Low Dogleg Troubleshooting

Symptom / Possible cause Solution / Actions


Observation
Incorrect tool setting Verify tool setting — downlink if required
Check flow rate, check standpipe pressure/MWD
Reduced bit pressure turbine rpm (trpm) for possible washout. Check
actual hydraulics against planned.
Formation effects (soft or Increase tool setting. Consider increase ROP to
unconsolidated formations) minimize washing out hole.
Formation effects (drilling against
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Increase tool setting. Lower ROP and increase rpm.


formation dip)
Incorrect bit selection Refer to section 3.2 Bit Selection Guidelines (p. 3-3).
Low dogleg Check drilling parameters for indications of
Worn bit or undergauge bit undergaunge or worn bit. Consider pulling out of
hole (POOH)
Check inclination and azimuth readings for
Control unit spinning out of control
discrepacy against MWD. Recycle pumps.
Check for indication of stick-slip. Refer to section
Stick-slip 8.7.3 Rough Drilling: Cause, Detection and
Reduction (p. 8-9).
Consider use of flex collar and/or stabilize control
Incorrect BHA collar. See section 3.5.1 Stabilizer Selection
Guidelines (p. 3-22).
Downhole tool failure Consider POOH
Incorrect muleshoe offset Monitor situation and consider downlinking/POOH
Uncontrolled drop in Formation effects (soft or Increase tool setting. Consider increase ROP to
inclination unconsolidated formations) minimize washing out hole.
Formation effects (drilling against
Increase tool setting. Lower ROP and increase rpm
formation dip)
Tool failure Consider POOH
Formation effects (drilling against Increase/change tool setting. Lower ROP and
formation dip) increase rpm.
Poor directional Monitor and adjust tool setting as required. Refer to
response Bit offset section 5.10.5.3 Toolface Offsets and Phase Shifts
(p. 5-31)
Check for indication of stick-slip. Refer to section
Stick-slip 8.7.4 Reduction of Drill String Vibration/Resonance
(p. 8-10).
Check for indication of stick-slip. Refer to section
Stick-slip 8.7.4 Reduction of Drill String Vibration/Resonance
(p. 8-10).
Erratic dog leg Formation changes Verify with LWD tools, consult site geologists
Check inclination and azimuth readings for
Control unit spinning out of control
discrepacy against MWD. Recycle pumps.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-8

8.6 ROP and Motor-Related Failure


Observation Secondary Possible Remedial Action
observation explanation
ROP drops Unchanged flow rate Motor stalling Stop rotation immediately.
Pressure surges Torque increases Shut down pumps and pull off
bottom.
Release torque from string and
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

re-establish circulation.
Resume drilling carefully.
Apply WOB gradually.
ROP drops Flow rate drops Motor stalling Same as above.
Constant SPM forced down by motor
Pressure stalling.
ROP decreases Normal WOB. Bit balling Pull off-bottom, reciprocate string,
Pressure Torque decreases. eventually increase flow rate
fluctuates
Normal WOB. Stabilizer Proceed with care.
Torque increases. hanging or When stabilizer hanging occurs
reaming. while sliding, drill a few feet in
rotation.
Eventually POOH to reduce bend
setting.
ROP decreases Normal WOB Junk in hole Proceed carefully to wash junk
Irregular Irregular rotary Cone locking away and/or POOH.
pressure torque
ROP decreases Normal WOB Washout or Pull off-bottom
Pressure Normal Torque dump valve Look for trends on charts POOH
decreases failure
Normal WOB Formation Adapt parameters
change
ROP normal Normal WOB, torque String ID Re-cycle pumps with various flow
Pressure surges Flow rate obstructed rates.
unchanged Reciprocate string.
ROP normal Normal WOB, torque Washout Look for trends on charts
Pressure Flow rate POOH
decreases unchanged
Abnormal mud Mud losses Follow lost circulation procedure
return and pit levels
ROP increases Formation Adapt parameters
change

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-9 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-9

8.7 Abnormal Operations

8.7.1 Downhole Shocks Reduction


Any instances of downhole shock recorded by the MWD must be investigated
and the drilling parameters altered to remedy the situation where possible, with
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

rotary speed being varied to change the harmonic resonance frequency. See
section for more information about possible causes of downhole shock and how
to reduce it.

8.7.2 Stick-Slip Reduction


Points on how to reduce stick-slip are discussed in subsequent sections in
conjunction with other types of rough drilling and downhole shocks.

8.7.3 Rough Drilling: Cause, Detection and Reduction


Rough drilling conditions can occur at any hole angle and in any formation. It is
important to be able to recognize the causes of rough drilling conditions and then
be able to detect and reduce rough drilling that result in high shocks.

Cause Common situations that can cause rough drilling are:

• drilling out cement.


• abrupt changes in formation type or formation hardness,
and/or abrasiveness.
• washed out hole.
• drilling in vertical holes.

Shocks and stick-slip are often caused or exacerbated by bit


choice and BHA design.
Detection Methods of detecting excessively rough conditions include:

• High shock or stick-slip values from the tool or any other tool
in the BHA.
• Excessive wear on the tool stabilizers.
• Asymmetrical or irregular wear on the OD of the collars.
• Erratic surface torque. Although in deep or deviated wells,
erratic changes in surface torque are dampened by the
drillstring and are not indicative of downhole conditions.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-10 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-10

• Signal problems as the result of downhole noise. In many


cases these problems are due to high shock or bit problems.
Reduction At the first signs of rough drilling or high shocks, inform the client
immediately and discuss methods to reduce drilling shocks.
It is important to have a plan for general shock and stick-slip
mitigation before the job starts so everyone involved is aware of
the limitations and dangers before hand. Having a pre-agreed
action plan will avoid any situations at the well site where the client
has expectations of doing something that may compromise tool
reliability or performance.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Additional Information

• Refer to 3.6.3 How Downhole Shock Affects the Tool (p. 3-33) for information
on PowerDrive shock management, including d-point definitions of shock
risks and levels.
• Refer to the mitigation flowcharts in 8.7.4 Reduction of Drill String
Vibration/Resonance (p. 8-10) for recommended guidelines.
• InTouch contains various best practices and documents that can help; Shocks
and Drilling Optimization at InTouch ID 3287483 is one good example.
PERFORM training and expertise is also recommended where possible.

8.7.4 Reduction of Drill String Vibration/Resonance


There are three major vibration generation mechanisms:

Mechanism Description
Resonance The string is rotated at a natural frequency of the string, this occurs
at specific rotary speeds and is countered by changing RPM.
Whirl The following forms of whirl exist:

• Synchronous Forward Whirl: the whirl rate is such that


it keeps the same point of the drill-string on the bore-hole
wall, resulting in uniform wear on drill string components. It is
evidenced by higher than anticipated torque requirements.
The solution is to stop rotating and change RPM.
• Backwards Whirl: eccentric motion of the center of mass
in the opposite direction to the direction of rotation. Fatigue
results but should not be a major problem until wall contact
occurs, then, if the formation has a high coefficient of friction,
chaotic whirl will result.
• Chaotic Whirl: if the drill-string hits with enough force on
the bore-hole wall and it has a high coefficient of friction
(e.g. sandstone, limestone and casing) the string will bounce
off in the opposite direction to the rotation, and may make
subsequent impacts. These are typically very high energy and
cause significant damage. They will not stop when the RPM

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-11 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-11

is changed and typically result in high downhole shock and


high and erratic surface torque. During this washouts, twist
offs and tool failure can occur.
Avoid pendulum assemblies and long spans between
stabilizers, make the string stiffer, reduce WOB. Stop the
drill-string, pull off bottom and ensure the driller goes back to
bottom smoothly.
Stick-slip: Predominantly a bit phenomenon typically caused by having a bit
that is too aggressive for the formation. Evidenced by high torsional
shocks and erratic torque though the mean torque should not be
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

higher. Check if stick-slip is bit induced by comparing stick-slip


on bottom versus off-bottom. If the stick-slip is bit-induced, the
solution is to decrease WOB and increase RPM.

To mitigate the chances of stick slip (torsional vibration), follow the steps in
Figure 8-1 Stick Slip Mitigation Flowchart.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-12 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-12

Stick-Slip
(Torsional Vibration)

1 - Increase RPM by 5
2 - Increase RPM by 5
3 - Increase RPM by 10
Do not decrease WOB initially
YES if ROP will be compromised.
YES Within RPM
Attempt to minimize Stick-slip
limitations
and optimize ROP. If client
Does
does not want to adjust WOB
Stick-slip
to mitigate Stick-Slip, advise
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

NO Continue?
him of possibility of tool failure.

YES (After 3 attempts)

1 – Return to original RPM


and decrease WOB by 3k
2 - Decrease WOB by 3k
3 - Decrease WOB by 3k

YES
Does
NO
Stick-slip
Continue?

YES

Pick up off bottom – Stop rotary and work Torque out of Drillstring.
Ensure drillstring has stopped – 30-45 second minimum
Restart drilling with increased RPM of 10 and decreased WOB of 5k

YES

CONTINUE DRILLING

SURFACE SYMPTOMS
- Top drive stalling - increased erratic surface torque
- RPM/Torque cycling
- Loss of toolface/steering problems
- Reduced and inconsistently slow ROP
DOWNHOLE SYMPTOMS
- Increased/erratic downhole torque
- Increased Vib_Tor - Torsional vibrations from MWD tool
- Increased Stick-slip
- Collar RPM > Surface RPM
- Intermittent/loss of MWD signal and downhole data
- Increased Vib_Lat - Lateral vibrations and shocks
POST-RUN EVIDENCE
- Cutters/inserts damaged on nose or taper
- Over-torqued/damaged pin/box connections
- Drillstring damage - twist-offs and washouts
- MWD/LWD failure

Figure 8-1: Stick Slip Mitigation Flowchart

To prevent axial vibration (bit bounce), follow the procedure in Figure 8-2 Axial
Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-13 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-13

Axial Vibration
(Bit Bounce)

Increase WOB by 2k-lbs


Decrease RPM by same %

YES Repeat 3 Times


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

YES
Does
NO
Vibration
Continue?

YES

¾Pickup off bottom allow string torque to


unwind
¾Set RPM at 40-50% of original
¾Increase WOB by 15-20%
¾Gradually return RPM to original value

YES

NO Vibration
Resumes?

YES
NO
¾Pickup off bottom
¾Set RPM at 40-50% of original value
¾Increase WOB by 15-20%
¾Gradually return RPM to 25% below
original

YES

CONTINUE DRILLING

SURFACE SYMPTOMS
- Large WOB fluctuations
- Rig/top drive shaking
- Loss of toolface/steering problems
- Reduced and inconsistently slow ROP
DOWNHOLE SYMPTOMS
- Increased Vib_X - Axial vibrations
- Increased shocks
- Intermittent/loss of MWD signal and downhole data
POST-RUN EVIDENCE
- Early bearing failure
- Broken/chipped cutters/inserts - no specific location
- MWD/LWD failure

Figure 8-2: Axial Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart

To prevent lateral vibrations (bit/BHA whirl), follow the procedure in Figure 8-3
Lateral Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-14 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-14

Lateral Vibrations
(Bit / BHA Whirl)

Decrease RPM by 10%


Increase WOB by 10%
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

YES Repeat 3 Times

NO Does
Vibration
Continue?

¾Pickup off bottom allow string torque


to unwind
¾Restart drilling with 70 RPM
¾Increase WOB to target value
¾Increase RPM to original value

NO Vibration
Resumes?

NO

¾Pickup off bottom allow string torque to


unwind
¾Restart drilling with 70 RPM
¾Increase WOB to target value
¾Increase RPM to 25% of original value

CONTINUE DRILLING
SURFACE SYMPTOMS
- Increased mean surface torque
- Loss of toolface/steering problems
- Reduced and inconsistently slow ROP
DOWNHOLE SYMPTOMS
- Increased mean downhole torque
- High frequency downhole shocks (10-50 Hz)
- Increased Vib_Lat - Lateral vibrations
- Increased Vib_Tor - Torsional vibrations and shocks
- Intermittent/loss of MWD signal and downhole data
POST-RUN EVIDENCE
- Cutters/inserts damaged on shoulder or gauge
- Broken/damaged PDC bit blades
- Worn hybrids with minimal cutter wear
- Over gauged hole from calipers
- One-sided/eccentric wear on stabilizers and BHA components
- MWD/LWD failure

Figure 8-3: Lateral Vibration Mitigation Flow Chart

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-15 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-15

8.7.5 How to free a Stuck Pipe


If the string is stuck, the client will want to try and free it as soon as possible. The
longer it is stuck, the less chance there is of freeing it.

The client can try to free it in several ways. Each method can affect downhole
tools.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Method to free pipe Description


Jarring As soon as the pipe is stuck, the driller will probably begin to use
the jars. Jar impacts can damage electronics in the PowerDrive
tool.
Pumping special Pipe Lax, Black Magic, and other mud additives usually do not
additives cause a problem. If the client wants to pump LCM, (refer to the
ORMs for the tools in the BHA for LCM limitations). If the client
wants to pump acid, inform your FSM immediately and advise the
client of the potential cost.
Backing off Using explosive back offs can seriously damage Schlumberger
tools. Advise the client to locate the shot at least one joint away
from the top of the uppermost Schlumberger Collar.
Fishing Make sure that the client has an exact fishing diagram of all
Schlumberger equipment in the hole.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Assets
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment
hand tools

DO NOT just give the tool fishing diagram template from the
manual to the client. The diagram supplied must have actual
measured values.
Exact measurements of fishing necks below all connections is
particularly important.

Lost in There are no radioactive sources in the tool that would interfere
hole/Abandonment with abandoning the tool in the hole.

8.7.6 Prevention of Drill Collar Corrosion

Note
Refer to the D&M Corrosion Control Guidelines for detailed information on drill
collar corrosion/prevention — see InTouch content ID 4359320.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-16 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-16

Clients are increasingly opting for brine mud systems with additives that target
specific drilling conditions, such as ECD management and mud lubricity. While
these brine mud systems provide beneficial qualities from hole management
perspectives, they have high corrosion properties.. Examples of these brine mud
systems are bromides, chlorides (potassium chloride) and formates (cesium
formate). In addition, if drilling occurs in an H2S environment, it becomes soluble
in the mud and acts with similar properties to these corrosive brine mud systems.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Personnel
Hazard Category: Biological hazard-illness

Only engineers trained for H2S operations are permitted to work in H2S
environment. Be sure all safety equipment is available, tested and properly
used. Refer to section 2.3.12 H2S (Hydrogen Sulfide) Hazards (p. 2-11) for
H2S safety information.

Brittle metal, pitting, and cracking are side effects of corrosive mud systems.
Materials that have the strength and magnetic properties necessary for downhole
drilling equipment are prone to corrosion pitting in highly corrosive environments.
If you are drilling in such a mud system, it is important to let the Client know how
this can affect Schlumberger equipment.

Signs that the corrosion content in the mud is most likely too high include:

• mud pH 9.5 to 12.0

Tip
If the mud pH is not measured routinely by the mud company, pH test kits
should be purchased and the mud pH measured once per day.

• dissolved oxygen content <1 ppm


• high chloride content in the mud
• mud foaming
• pitting, cracking, and blackening of collars
• H2S release from the mud (make sure that breathing apparatus is available if
this risk is significant).

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-17 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-17

Quality Note
These mud properties should be captured on the D&M daily report and bit run
summary.

If any of these signs appear, tell the Client, and discuss corrosion control
techniques such as pH control and the addition of oxygen scavengers, or
corrosion inhibitors. This may cause a problem for other additives and polymers
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

in the mud. If so, the Client and mud engineer must decide on what to do.

Another alternative is to evaluate the materials used on the downhole tools, and
working with the Client to develop a more corrosion-resistant alloy for the mud
system in use. It is important to note that changing the collar material is the most
expensive option for corrosion control, and can take a significant amount of time
to be implemented (lead time for new collars from Technology Centers). It is far
more time and cost effective to change the mud properties onsite.

Other precautions that must be taken when working in a corrosive mud


environment include:

• Inspect collars and tools carefully when they come out of the hole for signs of
cracking, excessive pitting, or damage. If any are found, do not rerun the tool
and send it back to the base for immediate servicing.
• Apply corrosive inhibitors.
• Always wash collars thoroughly inside and out with fresh water immediately
after they come out of the hole in order to reduce excess mud before it dries
into a salty film.

Tip
For a rigsite collar corrosion checklist, refer to InTouch content ID 3996278.

• Use dye penetrant tests after every job to check for cracks.
• Increase maintenance frequency in accordance with local experience.
• If applicable, corrosion rings should be run to prove that the environment is
or is not corrosive (see LWD-TIR120: Non-Mag Corrosion Rings at InTouch
content ID 3852144.

8.7.7 Taking a Kick


If a well takes a kick and is shut in, make sure that you are available to the driller
in case any questions about Schlumberger equipment comes up.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-18 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-18

8.7.8 Jamming Events


The nature and size of the debris / particles causing jamming events are different
and require differing steps to address the problems.

Primary failure causes are:

1. Jamming of the impeller relative to the collar.


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Typically caused by large scale debris such as stator rubber from motors,
plastic tie wraps and other foreign items.
2. Jamming of the magnet housing relative to the torquer body.
Typically these events are caused by fine grade material dropping out of the
mud system as the fluid passes across the torquer assembly. Failures have
been found due to LCM, barite, clay / shale and metal filings.
3. Blockage of the bias unit filter assembly.
Typically due to LCM material. Failures of this nature are rare as the filter is
designed to be self cleaning, however problems may occur depending on the
pill mixture being pumped.

Further information about avoiding jamming and suggested action when the tool
has become jammed is available on InTouch content ID 4857556.

8.7.9 Pumping LCM and Pills Guidelines


If the rig is having trouble controlling drilling fluid (mud) losses in the well, the
Client may decide to pump LCM. LCM can jam or plug D&M equipment.

All PowerDrive tools have been qualified with 50 lb/bbl medium nutplug (PD475
35 lb/bbl), and have been operated successfully with a wide range of granular
and fibrous LCM additives.

Guidelines for pumping LCM and Pills are as follows:

• The Schlumberger crew should be made aware of the exact concentration


and composition of LCM pills before they are pumped, so that the flow rate
can be reduced if applicable.
• The LCM additives should be evenly mixed into the mud system to avoid
high concentration slugs of material passing the tools. Particular case should
be made if pumping fibrous material.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-19 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-19

• PowerPulse/Telescope guidelines state that pump rate should be controlled


when pumping LCM, and ideally, the tool should be turned off. This is
consistent with the guidelines for PowerDrive tool, but the flow rate should
be above the PowerDrive minimum drilling flow.
• The flow rate can be reduced when pumping the pill through the tool, and
adjusted back as soon as the pill has passed the BHA. Avoid stopping the
pumps when the pill is still inside the BHA.
• Avoid spotting pills in the BHA. Where possible, the pill should be circulated
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

out of the BHA before stopping circulation.


• A written plan should be communicated to all concerned stating the flow
rates to be used when pumping pills.

Figure 8-4: BHA packed with LCM after following incorrect guidelines

8.7.9.1 PDX5 Pumping LCM and Pills Guidelines


Pumping high viscous pills or batches of LCM needs to be planned in advance
and the Schlumberger Directional Drillers have to be informed. It is common
practice to pump weighted pills or sweeps before connections or pump LCM
pills, but if not planned correctly, these pills can damage seals in the Bias Unit
or pack behind the impellers leading to premature tool failures. High weight
fluids passing through the BHA and bit will cause increased pressure across the
PowerDrive Xtra/X5 pads. The high-pressure spikes can shock the seals and
cause premature failure.

When using PDX5, guidelines for pumping LCM and Pills are as follows:

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-20 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-20

• At all times, make sure that the flow rate remains above the Control Unit
minimum drilling flow and as high as possible while keeping the pressure
differential across the Bias Unit pads within the defines operating range. This
will ensure that the impellers are turning to reduce solids collecting in the
torquer assemblies.

The potential impact of LCM on the operation of the tool can be split into two
groups:
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Assembly Description
Bias Unit Problems are generally rare. The Bias Unit handles LCM well, with
the filter assembly designed to be self-cleaning. Problems are
more likely to occur when pumping pills high in polymer content,
that tend to stick and ’hang’ from the filter elements. It should be
ensured that pills of this type are mixed well and clear of the Bias
Unit before cutting the pumps.
Control Unit The potential risk of LCM to the Control Unit is in the packing off
of the Torquer assemblies with fine material. The design of the
Torquers are such that the clearance between the Magnet Housing
and Torquer body is quite small. Under normal operations, this
area is kept clean by the rotation of the magnet drawing across the
scraper assembly. In most examples of failure due to pack-off of
the Torquer assembly, there have been slow-circulating events
prior to the failure, normally when pumping the pill itself.

8.7.10 Pumping Pills and Sweeps


It is often good practice to pump weighted pills or sweeps before connections
or LCM pills. It is essential to be aware of these practices and reduce flow rate
if necessary. High weight fluids passing through the BHA and bit will cause
increased pressure across the pads. The high pressure spikes can shock the
seals and cause premature failure.

8.8 Control Unit Logging Parameters


Figure 8-5 provides a description of all the logging parameters used in both
PowerDrive Xtra and X5 Control Units. Refer to General Troubleshooting
Guidance for basic trouble shooting considerations when viewing RPMs, PWMs,
Rx and magnetometer data.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16 8-21

P O W E R D R I V E X T R A & X 5 - C o n tr o l U n i t L o g p a r a m e te r s
U nit o f Norma l L o c a ti o n r e c o r d e d
CALCULATED BY
Na me D e ta i l mea s ure- o p e r a ti n g Slow Slow Telemetry Telemetry Shock C o m m e n ts

Private
Fast Diagnostic PDLA PROGRAM
ment ra nge sensor processed diagnostic results log
(.CFD) (.CDG)
q ( ) ( ) (.CSD) (.CSP) (.CTD) (.CTS) (.CKD)
RPM T1 trace. RPM 500-2000 Actual RPM depends on flow rate, tool size, impeller choice and PWM load.
RPM T2 Upper torquer RPM (clockwise). Aux (blue) trace. RPM 500-2000 UT additionally provides power for tool. Less than ~500 RPM, tool will power off.
IT 1 O B S O L E T E - C urre nt dra w of L T
O bs ole te - ignore
IT 2 O B S O L E T E - C urre nt dra w of U T
ax O B S O L E T E - V ibra tion a c c e le rome te r
ay O B S O L E T E - V ibra tion a c c e le rome te r O bs ole te - ignore . U s e d for dia gnos tic purpos e s
az O B S O L E T E - V ibra tion a c c e le rome te r
Vbatt Battery Voltage mV 50mV / bit recorded every 100ms
Rx Rotation rate of CU *S e e N o te 1 b e l o w RPM +/- 18 Roll rate gyro - 5.5counts = 1rpm
Applies to roll mode phases of start up & collar mode (neutral / slew) for which Ry is
Ry Rotation rate demand. constant. Used to drive roll servo in biasing - updates every 200mS.
Bx2 Magnetometer reading of Earth's magnetic field counts +/- 128 Same as Bx but recorded at fast data partition interval. Normal range is <90.
By2 Magnetometer reading of Earth's magnetic field counts +/- 128 Same as By but recorded at fast data partition interval.Normal range is <90.
Collar magnetic field and Earth's overlaid, gives CU Typically 60<Cy<100. Smooth sine curve indicates neutral setting. Cx and Cy should
Cx rotation relative to collar counts +/- 128 be 90 deg out of phase.
Collar magnetic field and Earth's overlaid, gives CU Typically 60<Cx<100. Smooth sine curve indicates neutral setting. Cx and Cy should
Cy rotation relative to collar +/- 128 be 90 deg out of phase.
PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting

Ax2 O B S O L E T E - D e rive d from A x

Figure 8-5: CU Logging Parameters


O bs ole te - ignore . N ow us e d for dia gnos tic s a nd d-point c a lc s
A y2 O B S O L E T E - D e rive d from A x
% time LT turned on (black trace)
Main PWM *S e e N o te 2 b e l o w counts +/- 9900 Lower torquer is main torque power supply (anticlockwise).
% time UT turned on (blue trace)
Aux PWM *S e e N o te 2 b e l o w counts +/- 9900 Upper torquer is auxiliary torquer power (clockwise).See PWM troubleshooting
pos_sum Calculation of demand for PWM from sensor module Indication of demand required in CW/CCW direction.
Absolute Collar Sum of CU angle and relative angle. Hence use only as indication of stick slip rather
Angle Angle of Collar to world deg +/- 180 than absolute angle value
Relative Collar Calculated from Cx and Cy (arctan Cy/Cx). Can be used to calculate CU angle in flow
Angle Difference in angle between collar and CU deg +/- 180 loop.
Control Unit Angle Angle of CU transverse axes to Earth's field vector deg +/- 180 Calculated from Bx and By (arctan By2/Bx2) . Check for tool stability in steering.
Absolute Collar Sum of CU rpm and relative rpm, hence expect variation in trace (anomolies can
RPM Rotation of collar RPM occur due to aliasing). Also only works in PDLA version V1.01a.
Relative Collar Derivative of relative angle. Can be used to calculate CU RPM in flow loop. Positive
RPM Difference in CU to collar RPM. RPM indicates CC rotating CW w.r.t CU
Control Unit RPM Rotation of CU RPM Derivative of CU angle. Positive indicates CW rotation.
VGx
Vgy
VGz These are unscaled, uncalibrated, non axis corrected accelerometer and
VBx magnetometer readings. Typically +/- 3000. Used for advanced analysis.

Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.


Vby
VBz
VR0 Zero reference voltage
Vt Temperature degC
Gx Accelerometer (gravitational) (TRAX) g
Scaled, calibrated and axis aligned accelerometer measurement. Sampled at 5Hz.
Gy Accelerometer (gravitational) (TRAX) g Used to calculate the CU absolute angle relative to vertical.
Gz Accelerometer (gravitational) (TRAX) g
Gtot Quality check on GxGyGz. Should = 1 1 Check value. g p
Bx Magnetometer for Earths magnetic field m Tesla +/- 128 Earth.
By Magnetometer for Earths magnetic field m Tesla +/- 128
Bz Magnetometer for Earths magnetic field m Tesla +/- 128
Btot Quality check on BxByBz. Should be a steady value.
HS High Side deg 0 - 360 Angle of tool axis to "up".
Inc Inclination deg 0-180
Razi Azimuth deg 0-360
MSAng Magnetic Steering angle deg 0-360 Angle of tool axis to magnetic north.
degC Temperature deg C 0 - 125
8-21

Check RPM differences and compare with downlink signals sent. Note DLaaT and
RPM 2 Upper impeller speed for downlink diagnostics RPM 500-2000 DLaS use both upper and lower for downlink determination.
Toolface Toolface deg 0-360
Proportion Percentage bias % 0-100
Shock Counts >50g. Single axis. Counts 50g

* N o te 1 : R x d i s p l a y s i n c o r r e c tl y f o r P D X 5 - w i th a n A N T I C L O C K W I S E r o ta ti o n b e i n g d i s p l a y e d a s a +v e v a l u e
* N o te 2 : P W M r a n g e f o r P D X 5 i s +/-8 9 0 0 , n o t +/-9 9 0 0
8-22 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-22

It should also be noted that a number of parameters displayed via PDLA for
the FAST (*.CFD) and DIAGNOSTIC (*.CDG) logs are not recorded downhole,
but are calculated by PDLA. These ’post-run’ parameters are highlighted for
reference, the significance being if there is noise / interference on one of the raw
values (esp. earth or collar magnetic field), then this will impact the calculated
values.

General Troubleshooting Guidance


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• RPM Troubleshooting

– If RPM drops, look at corresponding PWM as the load applied to the


torquer will cause the mag housing to slow down.
– If RPM = 0 there is a problem. Typically this could be jamming, an
electrical short or a signal error. Note, no flow = no logs!
– If RPM > 2490 there is a problem. This indicates that the impeller is
overspeeding. Typically this could be related to too high a flow rate,
debris in the impeller blade, control unit spinning out of control (affecting
relative RPM measured by tool).
– Compare changes in RPM with flow rate changes on hydraulic log for
downlink / other reduction in flow.
– Check for balance of the impeller set. For LT, pick a time where PWM
is zero and measure average free spin speed of Lmag over that time
period (in order of seconds). Then for time period close by (where flow
rate and other conditions should not have changed) repeat for UT. The
RPMs should be similar.

• Rotation rate troubleshooting

Hint
If Rx +ve on Xtra, control unit is spinning clockwise.

If Rx +ve on X5, control unit is spinning anticlockwise.

– If >+18 RPM then tool is spinning clockwise indicating neutral setting.


– If <-18 RPM then CU is spinning anticlockwise indicating a jam to lower
mag housing. Check PWM as expect to see UT at full load attempting to
correct.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-23 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-23

• Magnetometer troubleshooting

– Check for signal strength. If equal to zero then in casing or other


interference preventing magnetic measurement.
– If both Bx and By are at 128 counts, then indicates magnetic interference
or swamping of signal.
– If only one B axis is max / min and other has normal measurement,
indication of bad sensor.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• PWM troubleshooting

Tip
PWM range on Xtra is ± 9900, but for X5 is to ± 8900.

– Reading on either PWM being maximum is bad! CU is using maximum


loading on torquers meaning it is having trouble holding toolface.
– Normal readings will be 40 to 70 % loading.
– Changes in PWM should mirror changes in RPM (increasing load will
slow RPM down and vice versa).
– UT maximum implies anticlockwise rotation indicating jam on LT (check
all mechanical parts on strip down).
– LT maximum implies clockwise rotation, indicating jam on UT (check all
mechanical parts on strip down).

Tip
The LT is the only source of CCW rotation.

• Data check

– Check start and stop times of fast and slow, telemetry files. Compare
with start and end of run.
– Check times of power ups (red lines). Any long periods of no data
recorded? Check against operational logs.
– Confirm amount of time data recorded for against calculation for data
recording.

• Telemetry check

– Open .Ctl file (outside of PDLA) and check power up times and downlinks
received. Confirm against operations.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-24 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-24

8.9 Measuring Sand Concentration in Mud


Systems
High sand concentration of pumped drilling fluid will cause accelerated wear to
any drillstring component and rig equipment. This wear leads to high running
costs and in some cases, failures to RSS, Mud motors and MWD/LWD tools as
well as mud pumps and other rig equipment.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

In the specific case of PowerDrive Xtra and X5, the nature of the design requires
that the piston is actuated by mud. If the mud that is pumped downhole has a
high sand concentration, the piston seal life and therefore the tool’s ability to
steer can be seriously effected.

Good management of the drilling fluid going into the active system, should keep
sand concentrations of mud going into the hole to trace amounts and generally
no worse than 0.25%. Anything above that will begin to effect the seal life.
Concentrations greater than 1% are likely to cause highly accelerated wear.
There is no exact and quantified relationship between the sand concentration
and seal life because there are other factors at play, such as, mud type, sand
geometry and size, shocks, pressure drop across the seal, steering settings and
other smaller factors.

In some cases, the mud that is pumped downhole is not managed well and that
sand concentrations are not accurately reported. When this occurs we need
to bring this to the attention of our clients so they can help us avoid failures
and to help them avoid rebills for equipment damage due to erosion. This
procedure details the equipment and the procedure needed to measure the sand
concentration. The equipment is relatively inexpensive and the procedure is
straight forward. It is recommended that the mud sand concentration is measured
daily by the D&M Engineers unless it is certain that the mud engineer is managing
the mud well and that accurate readings of sand concentration are provided.

Engineers should input the results on the Daily Morning Reports to help the
R&M Team see if any issues could occur due to the sand content being pumped
through the system.

Where to Get the Equipment for Measuring Sand Concentration in Mud:

This equipment can be bought from OFITE in Houston. However, you may be
able to find a local vendor with similar equipment.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-25 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-25

Contact Information
OFI Testing Equipment, Inc.
1006 West 34th Street
Houston TX. 77018-6321
USA
713-880-9885
http://www.ofite.com/

The equipment needed to measure sand concentrations is a Basic Sand


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Content Kit (OFITE part number 167-00), containing:

• 167-10 Sieve, 200 Mesh, 2.5 in Diameter


• 167-20 Funnel, Plastic
• 167-30 Graduated Tube, Glass 0 to 20%
• 167-01 Carrying Case

Procedure for Measuring Sand Concentration in Mud

OFI Testing Equipment 167-00 Instructions http://www.ofite.com/instructions/16


7-00.pdf

To determine the sand8-1 content follow these steps:

1. Collect the drilling mud from the active system (we want to measure the sand
concentration that is being pumped downhole)
2. Fill the sand content tube to the indicated mark with mud.
3. Add water to the next mark.

Potential Severity: Light


Potential Loss: Process
Hazard Category: Machinery equipment hand tools

Use Diesel oil instead of water for oil muds.

4. Close the mouth of the tube and shake vigorously.


5. Pour the mixture onto the clean, wet screen.
6. Discard the liquid passing through the screen.
7. Add more water to the tube, shake, and again pour onto the screen.
8. Repeat until the water passes through clear.

8-1. Sand-sized particles are defined as anything larger than 74 micron. This test can be
performed on low solids muds as well as on weighted muds.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
8-26 PowerDrive X5 OM / Troubleshooting 8-26

9. Gently wash the sand that has remained on the screen to free it of any
remaining mud.
10. Fit the funnel upside down over the top of the screen.
11. Slowly invert the assembly and insert the tip of the funnel into the mouth
of the tube.
12. Wash the sand into the tube by gently spraying a fine spray of water through
the screen (tapping on the side of the screen with a spatula handle may
facilitate the process).
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

13. Allow the sand to settle.


14. Read the volume percent of sand.

a. Report the sand content of the mud in volume percent.


b. Report the source of the Mud Sample, i.e., above shaker, suction, pit, etc.
c. Coarse solids other than sand will be retained on the screen (e.g., lost
circulation material, coarse barite, coarse lignite, etc.) and the presence
of such solids should be noted.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-i

A Real-Time Data
A.1 Real-Time Data (d-points) Available from the Control Unit ______ A-1
A.2 D-point Interpretation __________________________________________ A-4
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-1

A Real-Time Data none

A.1 Real-Time Data (d-points) Available from the


Control Unit
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Control Units are normally equipped with a real-time link which allows data to be
transmitted to an E-Mag Link Receiver connected to a PowerPulse (PD675 &
PD900) or IMPulse (PD475) for onwards transmission to the surface. Values are
displayed by various means on HSPM and IDEAL monitors.

PowerDrive X5 real-time data channels are listed below. Some real time data
d-points have been redefined, and are now being used to transmit values that
are different to their original function. These are listed separately in Table A-2.

Table A-1: Real-Time Data (d-points)

Name Description Resolution/Definition


INCL_b Inclination 0.05 degrees
AZIM_b Azimuth 0.1 degrees
GT_b G Total 0.5 mgn (984 mgn offset)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-2

Name Description Resolution/Definition


1
RTSTAT_b Real Time Binary Decimal Description
Status
Bit 11 2048 Torquer Overspeed - set for either torquers
when RPM > 2100RPM. RPM is too high
and close to tool limit.
Bit 10 1024 IH mode - IH flag set when in IH mode.
Bit 9 512 Set when tool is in PowerV mode.
Bit 8 256 Log Memory Full - Set when FAST log
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

memory is full.
Bit 7 128 Valve seized - Set when < 1/2 rpm difference
between CU & CC. Indicates the CU is
jamming to the Control Unit Collar.
Bit 6 64 POSSUMSATURATED - Set when Control
Unit is unable to keep up with rotational
requirements. Indicates that the CU is
spinning out of control.
Bit 4/5 16/32 Bit 4 and Bit 5 combined denote actual bit
period: 00=other, 01=18, 10=36 secs.
Bit 3 8 Set when transverse component of Earth’s
field is “small” - i.e. too low for roll
estimation. Bx, By too small. Cannot use
MTF.
Bit 2 4 Set when temperature exceeds 140 degC
(> 140 degC = 1).
Bit 1 2 MTF (GTF=0. MTF=1).
Bit 0 1 Set when SS_AMPL=3 OR SS-FREQ=3
OR SS_AMPL=2 AND SS_FREQ=2. The
Stick-slip is high.
STEER_b Current The PDSTEER d-point tells you the current reference field,
reference precursor and command the tool is operating under. In
field, binary, bit 7 = 0 for Magnetic; bit 7 = 1 for Gravity; bits 6-5
precursor are the Precursor; bits 4-0 are the Command. PDSTEER is
and reset on power-up to indicate only MTF/GTF mode. A value
command of 0 indicates MTF while 128 indicates GTF mode. After
the tool is a successful downlink PDSTEER will also indicate received
operating precursor/command. If pumps are recycled before confirming
under. command through PDSTEER, use TFDS and PRDS after
pumps up for confirmation. Note: use TFDS_b and PRDS_b
to see current steering vector.
TFDS_b ToolFace 6 degrees
setting
PRDS_b Proportion 10 percent
setting
TFHI_b ToolFace 0.1 degree w.r.t. borehole
2
SHKRSK_b Shock Risk 0/1/2/3 - see below
STKSLP_b 3
Stick Slip SS_AMPL+SS_FREQ4 and 5
AZIMLO_b Azimuth 0.4 degree

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-3

Name Description Resolution/Definition


TF_b ToolFace 6 degrees w.r.t. Borehole
SIG_b Signal 12 bit (Hi res)
strength
SIGLO_b Signal 6 bit (Lo res)
strength
SIGQ_b6 Signal Receiver status
Quality
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

1
RTSTAT_b is a collection of bit flags which are interpreted and displayed on Ideal’s PowerDrive Tool Status
Panel as a series of annunciators.
2
SHKRSK_b shows Shock risk as follows:

• 0, <30 events per minute

• 1, 30 to 300 events per minute

• 2, 300 to 3000 events per minute

• 3, >3000 events per minute


3
STKSLP_b is a combined d-point showing quantised amplitude and frequency of stick-slip . Bits 3 and 2
represent SS_AMPL. Bits 1 and 0 represent SS_FREQ.
4
SS_AMPL (bits 3 and 2 of STKSLP_b) indicates the peak amplitude relative to the average collar rpm. Bits
3 and 2 have the following meanings:

• 0-0 (0) means amplitude less than or equal to 25%

• 0-1 (1) means amplitude is greater than 25% but less than or equal to 50%
• 1-0 (2) means amplitude is greater than 50% but less than or equal to 100%

• 1-1 (3) means amplitude is greater than 100%


5
SS_FREQ (bits 1 and 0 of STKSLP_b) indicates the Stick-Slip frequency in cycles per minute (cpm). The
frequency is the average number of stick-slip cycles where the collar speed exceeds a window of 25% above or
below the average collar speed, measure over a survey period.

• 0-0 (0) means frequency is less than or equal to 7.5 cpm


• 0-1 (1) means frequency is greater than 7.5 cpm but less than or equal to 30 cpm

• 1-0 (2) means frequency is greater than 30 cpm but less than or equal to 60 cpm
• 1-1 (3) means frequency is greater than 60 cpm
6
SIGQ_b gives an indication of the e/m link’s integrity:

• bit 3 (value 8) — No carrier burst seen

• bit 2 (value 4) — No complete byte seen

• bit 1 (value 2) — Noisy data or bad sync


• bit 0 (value 1) — Checksum error

These bit values are additive.

Table A-2: Real-Time Data (d-points) — Redefined D-points

Name Description Resolution/Definition


1
BT_b Target In Inclination Hold mode, BT_b shows the target (reference)
Inclination inclination. If not in Inclination Hold mode, BT_b shows the
inclination measured during the 90 second power-up survey.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-4

Name Description Resolution/Definition


2
AZIMQ_b Lower AZIMQ is Minimum Lower Torquer rpm since last survey frame.
Torquer
(RPM)
INCLQ_b Effective 10%3
Steering
Proportion
1
The BT_b d-point can simply be decoded on surface by dividing the raw value observed on the HSPM frame
decoding display by 10. Example: You just reset the tool before sending an Inclination Hold, No Turn Correction
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

command (2-17) to the tool. The BT_b value displayed on the HSPM frame decoding equals 329.

• Measured inclination at 90 sec survey = 329/10 = 32.9deg

• Tool target inclination whilst on IH mode = 32.9deg

Then you decide to nudge up 0.5deg due to project requirements.

• New BT_b displayed value = 334 = 33.4deg


• Tool target inclination whilst on IH mode = 33.4deg.
2
AZIMQ now is being used to transmit Minimum LT rpm since last survey frame. That is to be used as
diagnostic data to assist troubleshooting in real-time. Note that the range for the RAW AzimQ is 300-675 RPM
with 25RPM units. The original d-point is scaled by 1.6, and as such, the scaled value can be converted to
RPM by the following formula: LTrpm = (AzimQ / 1.6)*25 + 300.
3
The effective steering proportion can be calculated by taking the raw value for INCLQ_b observed on the
HSPM frame decoding display and multiplying by 10.

A.2 D-point Interpretation


Table A-3 gives examples of d-points that are available from the Control Unit and
the Gamma Unit, along with an explanation of the events and expected d-points
on the HSPM demodulation screen or the IDEAL v10 screen. Firmware updates
have been incorporated such that the tool can utilize a Tool ID of 133 or 150,
which enables a tool to be used with either IMPulse or PowerPulse.

Some d-points have been redefined and are now used to transmit values that are
different from their original meaning. These are included in Table A-4.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-5

Table A-3: D-points Interpretation. Some d-points available in Frame Builder were not included here since they are not usually placed on the MWD RT frames.

D-points available Events and expected d-points on the HSPM demodulation screen Events and expected d-points on the IDEAL screen
1
D-points available Units Scale Desc. No com. No com. between Short hop seed Short hop Good com. Data Point No. of bits Param. No. Conversion Algorithm
2
between receiver Receiver and CU timeout (expected values) (ID)
X –>AX+B
and MWD
A B

*INCL_b º 0.05 Inclination 4095 3838 3581 or 4093 3324 or 4092 0 to 1800 up to 90 º 3201 12 1 0.05 0
3
AZIM_b º – Azimuth – – – – – 3202 12 2 0.1 0
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

4
AZIM_LO_b º 0.4 Azimuth - Low resolution 1023 766 0 to 899 3216 10 16 0.4 0

GT_b Milli G – Total G 63 62 61 60 0 to 63 3203 6 3 0.5 984

*RTSTAT_b – – Real Time Control Unit Status bits 4095 3838 3581 or 4093 3324 or 4092 0 to 4095 3205 12 5 1 0

*SHKRSK_b – – Shock risk 3 2 1 0 0 to 3 3212 2 12 1 0

*STEER_b – – Steer control setting (SCB code) 255 254 253 252 or 13 0 to 255 3206 8 6 1 0

STKSLP_b – – Stick/Slip amplitude and frequency. 15 14 13 12 0 to 15 3213 4 13 1 0


5
*TF_HI_b º 0.1 Measured tool face (MTF or GTF) - high 4095 3838 3581 or 4093 3324 or 4092 0 to 3599 3209 12 9 0.1 0
resolution

TF_b º 6 Measured tool face (MTF or GTF) - low 63 62 61 60 0 to 60 3217 6 17 6 0


resolution

*PRDS_b % 10 Demand proportion 15 14 13 12 0 to 10 3208 4 8 10 0

*TFDS_b º 6 Demand toolface 63 62 61 60 0 to 60 3207 6 7 6 0


6
SIG_b – – Shop receiver signal strength 4095 3838 3581 or 4093 3324 or 4092 0 to 255 3218 12 18 1 0
7
SIG_LO_b – – Shop receiver signal strength - lo 63 62 61 60 0 to 3 3219 6 19 1 0
resolution

SIGQ_b – – Shop receiver status bits 15 14 13 12 0 to 15 3220 4 20 1 0


8 29
GRAV_b counts/sec Gamma ray CPS overall 127 126 125 124 0 to 126 3231 7 31 (X*16/128) 0
2
GRDN_b counts/sec Gamma ray CPS down quadrant 127 126 125 124 0 to 126 3234 7 34 (X*16/128) 0
2
GRLF_b counts/sec Gamma ray CPS left quadrant 127 126 125 124 0 to 126 3233 7 33 (X*16/128) 0
2
GRRT_b counts/sec Gamma ray CPS right quadrant 127 126 125 124 0 to 126 3235 7 35 (X*16/128) 0
2
GRUP_b counts/sec Gamma ray CPS up quadrant 127 126 125 124 0 to 126 3232 7 32 (X*16/128) 0
1
Short Hop Seed is the value set by the receiver board if a d-point isn’t received in a frame. Partially received frames will have d-points with this value.
2
Short Hop Timeout is the value set by the receiver board if no short hop frames have been received for 11 minutes.
3
Azimuth was available in two resolutions. AZIM_b (0.1 degree) and AZIMLO_b (0.4 degree). The high resolution (AZIM_b) has been moved to Shop mode in FrameBuilder as the current quality of the azimuth reading during operation is sufficient with low resolution.
4
Azimuth was available in two resolutions. AZIM_b (0.1 degree) and AZIMLO_b (0.4 degree). The high resolution (AZIM_b) has been moved to Shop mode in FrameBuilder as the current quality of the azimuth reading during operation is sufficient with low resolution.
5
Control Unit tool face will be available in two resolutions, normal and LO resolution (6.4 degrees) — for use where bandwidth is limited.
6
SIG_LO, SIG_HI (Signal strength) is available in two resolutions: 12 and 6-bit. The 6-bit version cuts off at approx. 50% receiver input saturation.
7
SIG_LO, SIG_HI (Signal strength) is available in two resolutions: 12 and 6-bit. The 6-bit version cuts off at approx. 50% receiver input saturation.
8
Gamma outputs valid only when Gamma sensor pack fitted. If no Gamma sensor pack is fitted, GRxx d-point will return a zero.
9
If X = 127, no communications

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-6

Note
• (Azim and Azim_LO) , (TF_HI and TF), (SIG and SIG_LOW) highlighted in
the grey boxes are derived from the same outputs, with the ones on the right
side having less number of bits and generated on the LTB modem.
• * Indicates data generated by the CU.
• Some d-points have error code values that fall in the range of the valid
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

values. Therefore you cannot use a single d-point to determine if there is no


communications between the Receiver and MWD or CU.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-7 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-7

Table A-4: D-points Interpretation — Redefined D-points. Some d-points available in Frame Builder were not included here since they are not usually placed on the MWD RT frames.

D-points available Events and expected d-points on the HSPM demodulation screen Events and expected d-points on the IDEAL screen

D-points available Units Scale New Desc. No com. No com. between Short hop seed Short hop Good com. Data Point No. of bits Param. No. Conversion Algorithm
between receiver Receiver and CU value timeout (expected values) (ID)
X –>AX+B
and MWD
A B
1
*INCLQ_b º 0.8 Effective Steering Proportion 15 14 13 12 0 to 10 3210 4 10 0.8 0
2
*AZIMQ_b º 1.6 Minimum Lower Torquer rpm since last 15 14 13 12 0 to 15 3211 4 11 1.6 0
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

survey frame.
3
BT_b Nano Tesla – Target Inclination – – – – – 3204 11 4 48.0 0
1
INCLQ is now used to transmit the magnitude (proportion) of the resulting steering vector on the last drill cycle. The value is transmitted in 10% units. The effective steering proportion can be calculated by taking the raw value for INCLQ_b observed on the HSPM frame decoding
display and multiplying by 10.
2
AZIMQ is now used to transmit Minimum LT rpm since the last survey frame and can be used when troubleshooting in real-time. The range for the raw AZIMQ value is 300-675 rpm with 25 rpm units. The original d-point has been scaled by 1.6. The actual value can be calculated as
follows: LTrpm = (AzimQ / 1.6)*25 + 300.
3
BT_b is now used to show the currrent target inclination for the PowerDrive tool. The target inclination can be calculated by multiplying the BT_b value by 10.

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
A-8 PowerDrive X5 OM / Real-Time Data A-8

Note
• * Indicates data generated by the CU.
• Some d-points have error code values that fall in the range of the valid
values. Therefore you cannot use a single d-point to determine if there is no
communications between the Receiver and MWD or CU.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
B-i PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-i

B Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings


PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
B-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-1

B Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings


The following drawings of Flow Restrictor kits are included:

• Figure B-1 Flow Restrictor Kit PD475 (T1052844 AC) (p. B-2)
• Figure B-3 Kit, Flow Restrictor 6 ⅝ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A4356 AD)
(p. B-4)
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

• Figure B-2 Kit, Flow Restrictor 4 ½ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A1973 AB)
(p. B-3)
• Figure B-4 Assembly Schematic PD900 Flow Restrictors (RS4500 AC) (p.
B-5)
• Figure B-5 Assembly Schematic PD1100 Flow Restrictors (RS4859 AB)
(p. B-6)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
B-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-2

Figure B-1: Flow Restrictor Kit PD475 (T1052844 AC)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
B-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-3

Figure B-2: Kit, Flow Restrictor 4 ½ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A1973 AB)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
B-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-4

Figure B-3: Kit, Flow Restrictor 6 ⅝ in API Reg PD675 Tools (A4356 AD)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
B-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-5

Figure B-4: Assembly Schematic PD900 Flow Restrictors (RS4500 AC)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16
B-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Flow Restrictor Kit Drawings B-6

Figure B-5: Assembly Schematic PD1100 Flow Restrictors (RS4859 AB)

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Acronyms Acr.-1

List of Acronyms

In addition to the following acronym definitions, you should also refer to the
Schlumberger approved unit symbols document for unit symbol definitions at
http://www.hub.slb.com/display/index.do?id=id18194.

Term Definition
ADC Analog to Digital Converter
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

ADN Azimuthal Density Neutron


API American Petroleum Institute
ART Above Rotary Table
bbl Barrel
BeCu Beryllium Copper
BHA Bottom Hole Assembly
BITE Built In Test Equipment
BOP Blow-Out Protector
BRT Below Rotary Table
BSR Bending Strength Ratio
BU Bias Unit — usually refers to both the bias unit and the extension
sub (except for PD475)
C Pressure drop constant
CC Control Collar
CCW Counterclockwise — see also CW
Comms Communications Module
CMV Communications Module Version (see also SMV)
CU Control Unit
CW Clockwise — see also CCW
D&I Direction and Inclination
DD Directional Driller
dega degree (angle)
degC Degrees Celcius
degF Degrees Fahrenheit
DLS Dogleg Severity
dpoint/d-point Data point – an output data value as displayed/logged on IDEAL
DTOR Downhole Torque measurement
DWOB Downhole Weight on Bit measurement
DQS Data Quality System
EDMS UID Electronic Document Management System Unique Identifier

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Acronyms Acr.-2

E-Mag Electromagnetic Telemetry System


EOWR End of Well Report
ES Extension Sub
FTA Fault Tree Analysis
FRM Field Reference Manual
ft Foot
FTC Falling Time Constant
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

GPM Gallons Per Minute (US)


GST Geo Steering Tool
GTF Gravity Toolface
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide
HS High Side
HSE Health, Safety and Environment
HSPM Horizon Signal Processing Module
HWDP Heavy Weight Drill Pipe
IBS Integral Blade Stabilizer
ID Inner Diameter
IDEAL Integrated Drilling Evaluation and Logging
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
IGR Integrated Gamma Ray
in Inches
I/O Input / Output
IWIS Integrated Wellsite Information System
LCM Lost Circulation Material
LED Light Emitting Diode
LTB Low Power Tool Bus
LWD Logging While Drilling
m Meter
MD Measured Depth
MM Maintenance Manual
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets
MTF Magnetic Toolface
MVC Modular Vibration Chassis
MW Mud Weight
MWD Measurements While Drilling
N/A Not Applicable or Not Available
N.m Newton Meter of force

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Acronyms Acr.-3

OD Outer Diameter
OST Outgoing System Test
OFS Oilfield Services
ORM Operations Reference Manual
PDC Polycrystalline Diamond Compact
PDLA PowerDrive Log Analyzer, available via ToolScope
PDM Product Data Management System
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

PLCC Plastic Leadless Chip Carrier


POOH Pulling out of hole
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PPI PowerPulse Interface
PPG Pound per Gallon
psi Pounds per Square Inch
PT Pressure Transducer
PTF Platform Toolface
PWB Printed Wiring Board
PWD Pressure While Drilling
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
Q Flow rate (pressure drop calculations)
R&M Repair and Maintenance
RAM Random Access Memory
RIH Run In Hole
ROP Rate of Penetration or Read-Out Port
ROM Read Only Memory
RMS Repair and Maintenance System
rpm Revolutions Per Minute
RSS Rotary Steerable System
RTC Rising Time Constant / Real Time Clock - Context dependant
SCB System Control Block
SCOPE HSPM software program for displaying pressure trace
Sensor Sensor or Sensor Module
SHPC Stonehouse Product Center
SHT Shallow Hole Test
SHTC Stonehouse Technology Center
SIPP Schlumberger Injury Prevention Program
SMV Sensor Module Version (see also CMV)
SPI Serial Peripheral Interface

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Acr.-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / List of Acronyms Acr.-4

SPM Signal Processing Module


SPP Standpipe Pressure
SPT Surface Pressure Transducer
SR Steering Ratio
TD Total Depth
TF Tool Face
TFA Total Flow Area
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

TSIM ToolScope Interface Module


TTL Transistor to Transistor Logic
TVD True Vertical Depth
TVT True Vertical Thickness
TWIS Transportable Wellsite Information System
ORM Operations Reference Manual
VAC Voltage Alternating Current
VDC Voltage Direct Current
WOB Weight On Bit

Private
Copyright © 2010 Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-1 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-1

Index
A PDX5 5-26
Abrasive Formations 3-27 vorteX 5-26
Acquisition Cell Meeting 4-4
Data Log 6-1 Checklist
Acronyms, list of Acr.-1 Surface 3-36
Assembly Checks, Regular Wellsite 7-1
Chlorides 8-15
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Filter Basket 4-40


axial vibrations Cleaning Solvents 2-20
Mitigating 8-12 Client
Meeting 4-3
Collar 4-12
B Breaking Down 2-6
Backreaming 5-18 Flex 3-27
Basket Test 3-40 Making Up 2-6
Battery Mobilization 3-44
Lithium, 2-8, 3-44 Plugs 2-8
Bearing Section 3-32 Ports 2-8
Below a Motor 3-29 Read-Out Ports (ROP) 2-8
Beryllium Copper (BeCu) 2-9 Connections 4-13
MSDS 2-10 Compatibility 4-3
BHA Connector shroud
Connections 4-3 Fitting 4-31
Make up 5-2 Selecting 4-31
Make-up 4-3 Considerations, Rig 3-18
BHA Design 3-21 Control Collar
Bias Unit 3-26 Hazards 2-17
Checks 4-13 Control Loop
Hazards 2-16 Gain Factor 4-34
Inspection 5-51 Control Unit
Bit Hazards 2-17
Offset 5-31 Inspection 5-51
Bit Selection 3-3 Control Unit connector
PDX5 3-4 Fitting 4-31
vorteX 3-6 Selecting 4-31
Breaking down Collar 2-6 Corrosion
Bromides 8-15 Drill Collars 8-15
Mud systems 8-15
C Crane, overhead 2-13
Cables 2-6
Installation 4-2 D
Surface, 3-37, 4-6 Data Log
Casing Exit 5-25 Acquisition 6-1

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-2 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-2

Detectors Pin Connection 4-18


Gamma Ray 2-9 Extender Tolerances 4-20
Disassembly Extenders 4-15
Filter Basket 4-42
Documentation 3-36 F
Shipping 3-45
Failure types 8-1
Dogleg
Filter Basket
Troubleshooting 8-5
Assembly 4-40
Downhole
Disassembly 4-42
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Equipment 3-39
Flex Collar 3-27
Shocks, 3-33, 8-9
Float Valves 3-25
Downhole Equipment 2-14
Flow Kits
Downhole Filter 3-32
Operating Domains 3-6
Downloading
Flow Rates 5-30
CU Data Logs 5-52
Flow Restrictor 3-26
Drawings
Checks 4-14
Flow Restrictor Kits B-1
Flow Restrictor Kits B-1
Drilling
Foreword v
Blind 3-32
Formates 8-15
Operations 5-27
out of Casing Shoe 5-17
Out of the Casing Shoe 5-17 G
Rough 8-9 Gain Factor
Through the Rathole 5-17 Control Loop 4-34
Vertical 3-24 Gamma Ray 3-27
Drilling Cement 5-15 Blankets 2-9
Drilling Office Detectors 2-9
Surface System 3-36 Gamma Sensor 4-6
Drillstring 4-3 HSPM — Real Time Frame
Configuration 4-6
E General Guidelines on Handling 2-14
ECD Management 8-15
Electrical rig up 2-5 H
Electrical Shock Hazards 2-4 H2S 8-15
Equipment Precautions 2-11
Checklist 3-36 Handling
Downhole, 2-14, 3-39 General Guidelines 2-14
Preparing 4-15 HARC 2-3
Preparation 3-36 Hazard Analysis and Risk Control 2-3
Setup 4-1 Hazardous Area Regulations 2-6
Surface, 2-13, 4-4 Hazards 2-18
Extender Bias Unit, associated with 2-16
Gauge 4-17 to 4-18 Control Collar, associated with 2-17
Extender Length Control Unit, associated with 2-17
Box Connection 4-17 Overhead Crane 2-13

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-3 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-3

Trip 2-6 Magnetic 3-33


High Siding the Tool 4-32
Hold the Line 5-28, see Inclination Hold J
Hole Cleaning 5-18
Jamming
Hole Opener 3-28
Preventing 5-28
PDX5 3-29
Troubleshooting 8-18
running with 3-32
Job
vorteX 3-29
Planning 3-1
HSE
Preparation 3-1
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Beryllium Copper (BeCu) 2-9


Job Planning 3-1
Cables 2-6
Downhole Equipment 2-14
Electrical Shock Hazards 2-4 K
Hazardous Area Regulations 2-6 Kick off from vertical 5-20
Lithium Batteries 2-8 Kick, Taking a 8-17
Substitute Parts 2-13 Kicking off
Surface equipment 2-13 PDX5 5-20
Trip Hazards 2-6 vorteX 5-21
Hydrogen Sulfide 8-15
L
I Lateral vibrations
IDEAL 2-13 mitigating 8-13
See also MaxWell Lay Down of Tool 5-50
Cabling 3-37 LCM 8-18
Hardware FRM PDX5 8-19
Surface System 3-36 Lithium Batteries, 2-8, 3-44
Initialization 4-5 Logs
Software FRM Downloading 5-52
Surface System 3-36
IH 5-28, see Inclination Hold M
IMPulse
Magnetic Interference, 3-33, 8-4
Frame 4-39
Maintenance
Inclination Hold 5-28
Post-Run 7-1
Applying Turn Correction 5-47
Regular Wellsite Checks 7-1
Disengaging 5-48
Making up
Engaging 5-47
Collar 2-6
ROP Ranges 5-48
Connections 4-3
Initial Communication 4-24
Making up the Tool 5-2
Initializations
Mobilization 3-44
IDEAL 4-5
Motor 3-29
Software 4-5
MSDS
Inspection
BeCu 2-10
Bias Unit 5-51
Mud
Interconnections 4-21
Data 5-31
Interference

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-4 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-4

Pumps 5-31 Running in Hole 5-16


Types 4-2 Stabilizers 3-23
Mud Motor, running with 3-32 Performance
Mud systems Optimizing 5-28
Brine 8-15 Phase Shift 5-31
Corrosive 8-15 Physical Checks, of tool 4-12
sand concentration 8-24 Picking up the Tool 4-44
sand content 8-24 Pills 8-18
Mud Types 3-20 PDX5 8-19
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Corrosion 3-20 Pipe Stuck


Muleshoe How to free it 8-15
Fitting 4-31 Planning 4-1
Selecting 4-31 Job 3-1
MWD Tool of Job 3-1
Frame 4-39 POOH 5-50
Post-Run
N Maintenance 7-1
Power Section 3-31
Nozzle Spreadsheet 3-26
Power, at Rig 4-1
PowerPulse
O Frame 4-39
Open Hole PowerV Mode 5-48
Sidetracking 5-23 Disengaging 5-49
Operational Engaging 5-48
Constraints 3-2 Pressure 5-30
Operations 5-27 Trapped 2-7
Optimizing Performance 5-28 Pulsation Dampeners 5-31
Overhead Crane Pumping
Hazards 2-13 Pills 8-20
Overview Sweeps 8-20
PDX5 1-1
R
P Rathole 5-17
Paperwork Drilling Through 5-17
Shipping 3-45 Real Time (Basket) Test 3-40
Parts, Substitute 2-13 Reamer 3-28 to 3-29, see Under Reamer
PDX5 Reamer, running with 3-32
Bit Pressure Loss 3-19 Reaming 5-18
Bit Selection 3-4 Reduction of Drill String Vibration
Hole Opener 3-29 Resonance 8-10
Kicking off 5-20 Rig
LCM 8-19 Considerations 3-18
Overview 1-1 Power 4-1
Pills 8-19 Rig Hydraulic Considerations
Rig Hydraulic Considerations 3-19 PDX5 3-19

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-5 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-5

Rig up — electrical 2-5 Sour gas 2-11


Rig-Site Sour Gas 8-15
Toolkit 3-38 Stabilizers 3-22
Rigfloor, transport collar to 5-1 PDX5 3-23
Rigsite vorteX 3-24
Toolkit 4-44 Stick-Slip
Rough Drilling 8-9 Reduction 8-9
RPM Stick-slip vibrations
Maximum 3-2 Mitigating 8-11
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Running Below a Motor 3-29 Strapping the Tool 4-20


Running in Hole 5-15 Stuck Pipe
PDX5 5-16 How to free it 8-15
vorteX 5-16 Surface Equipment 2-13
Checklist 3-36
S Setup 4-4
Surface Sensors 3-37
Safety of Third Parties 2-12
Surface System
Sand content
Drilling Office 3-36
Measuring 8-24
IDEAL Hardware FRM 3-36
Sand Content (of mud) 3-20
IDEAL Software FRM 3-36
SCB
Surface Test 5-6
Editing 4-26
Failure 8-2
Editor 4-26
Precautions 2-18
Loading 4-26
Surface Unit 4-4
Loading the file for edit 4-28
System Inspection
Opening existing 4-26
Control Unit 5-51
Sensor
E-Mag Receiver 5-52
Installation 4-2
RT Flex 5-52
Surface 3-37
Setup
Equipment 4-1 T
Shallow Hole Test 5-6 Taking a Kick 8-17
See also SHT Temperature 5-30
Shocks 8-9 Test
Downhole 3-33 Basket, Real Time 3-40
SHT 5-6 Third Party Hazards 2-12
Sidetracking 5-21 Tool
Cement Plug 5-21 Lay Down 5-50
Off a Whipstock 5-25 Strapping the 4-20
PDX5 5-26 Toolface
vorteX 5-26 Offset 5-31
Open Hole 5-23 Toolkit
Signal Pressure Transducers 4-2 Rig-Site 3-38
Software Rigsite 4-44
Compatibility 4-12 ToolScope 6-9
Initializations 4-5 Transport Collar to Rigfloor 5-1

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.
Ind.-6 PowerDrive X5 OM / Index Ind.-6

Transportation 3-44 Vertical


Transporting 2-18 Drilling 3-24
Trip Hazards 2-6 Vertical Drilling 3-24
Troubleshooting 8-1 vorteX
Dogleg, lack of 8-5 Bit Selection 3-6
Downlinking 8-5 Hole Opener 3-29
Motor-Related 8-8 Kicking off 5-21
Real Time Link 8-4 Running in Hole 5-16
Surface Test 8-2 Stabilizers 3-24
PowerDrive InTouch Helpdesk\Jo Moody\InTouch 4476477\1.3\Release Date:16-Mar-2010\EDMS UID: 1650755195\Produced: 16-Mar-2010 14:49:16

Types of Failures 8-1


vorteX 8-8 W
Turbine
Wellsite
Flow Range 3-2
Inspection 4-1
TWIS 2-13
Maintenance Checks 7-1
Setup 4-5
Whipstock
Sidetracking 5-25
U PDX5 5-26
Under Reamer 3-28 vorteX 5-26
PDX5 3-29
vorteX 3-29 X
X5 3-23, see PDX5
V
Version Control v

Private
Copyright © Schlumberger, Unpublished Work. All rights reserved.

Potrebbero piacerti anche